Page 1
ﺩ ﻟ ﻴ ﻞ ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪ ﻡ
ThinkPad T420s ﻭT420si
Page 2
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
• "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"
• " Regulatory Notice "
• "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ vi
•ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૩ "ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠٣
ﺗﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ" ﻭ" Regulatory Notice "ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮ ﻉﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ http://www.lenovo.com/support،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮﻕUser Guides & Manuals )ﺃﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ(.
© Copyright Lenovo 2011.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺩﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ 2011 (
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ:ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ" GSA "،ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸ ﻒ ﺧﺎﺿ ﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﻘﻴﻮﺩﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ
ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺭﻗﻢGS-35F-05925 .
Page 3
ﺍﻟﻤ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺕ
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ . . . . . . . . . .٣٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ . . . . . . . . . .٣٢
ﺳﻠﻮﻙUltraNav ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ . . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . .٣٤
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٤
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﺷﺤﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٦
ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ ﺣﺪ . . . . . . . .٣٦
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٦
ﺃﻭ ﺿﺎﻉ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٦
ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٨
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﺍﺗﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕEthernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ. . . . .٤٦
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٦
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ. . . . .٤٧
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٥١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕNVIDIA ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﺔ. . . . . . . . .٥٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓThinkLight . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .٥٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٥
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭFlash Media ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺫﻛﻴﺔ. .٥٥
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭFlash Media ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٦
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox . . . . . . . .٢٠
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٣.ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . .٥٩
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭﻱﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ . . . . . . . . .٥٩
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .٥٩
ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻨﺎﺳﺒﻚ. . . . . . . . . .٦٠
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺫﻭﻱﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ. . . . . . . .٦٠
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٢
ThinkVantage Productivity Center . . . . . . .٢٢
Access Connections . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨
Active Protection System . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Client Security Solution . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Fingerprint Software . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Lenovo Solution Center . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools . . . . . . . . .٢٠
Message Center Plus . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠
Password Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠
Power Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠
Presentation Director . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
Product Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
Rescue and Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
SimpleTap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
System Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
ThinkVantage GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤.ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٣
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞﺁﻟﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٣
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(. . . . . . . .٦٤
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٤
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٤
ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍﺃﻭ ﻻ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀًﻓﻮﺭﻳًﺎ . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١.ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ . . . . . . . . . .١
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . .١
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧
ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٢
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﻩ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٢
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕIC . . . . . . . . .١٣
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤
ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞThinkVantage . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 . . . . . .١٧
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٢.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٤
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡThinkVantage . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٥
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٥
ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٦
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ . . . . . . . . . .٢٩
i
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 4
ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ
Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3
(170 W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٧
ﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ
ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock
Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3
(170 W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٩
ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٢
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ . . . . . . . . .٦٥
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٦
ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٨
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٠
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٤
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٨.ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٣
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٣
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٣
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٤
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٥
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٦
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٨
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ4×1 . . . . . .١٣٨
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟـUSB 3.0 . . . . . . . . . .١٣٨
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔThinkPad ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔWindows 2000/XP/
Vista/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٩
ThinkPad Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٠
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤١
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔDate/Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٢
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٢
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٣
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔRestart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٤
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup . . . . . . . . .١٤٥
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚUEFI BIOS ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٣
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٣
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٩. ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . .١٥٧
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ. . . . . . . . . . .١٥٧
ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . .١٥٨
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ . . . . .١٥٨
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٨
ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٨
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٠
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١٠.ﺍﺳ ﺘﻜ ﺸﺎ ﻑ ﻣ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣ ﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٣
ﺗﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٣
ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٤
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٤
ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻜﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ. . . . . . . . . .١٦٤
ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٥
ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٧
ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﻣ ﺼ ﺤﻮﺑﺔﺑﺈﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ. . . . . . . . . . .١٦٨
ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3،ﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock
Mini Dock Plus Series 3 (170 W) . . . . . . . . .١٢١
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥.ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . .٧٥
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . .٧٥
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٦
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . .٧٧
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .٧٧
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery . . . . . . . . .٧٨
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٨
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٩
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ . . . . .٧٩
ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٠
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٦
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA . . . . . . .٩ ٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔLAN/
WiMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ . . . .١٠٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ . . . . . . . . . .١١٠
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧.ﺗﺤ ﺴ ﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. . . . .١١٥
ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕThinkPad . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSerial Ultrabay Slim . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٥
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . .١١٦
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ . . . . . . . .١١٧
ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ . . . . . . . .١١٩
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ . . . . . . . . .١٢٠
Series 3 ،ﻭThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3،ﻭThinkPad
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٢
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٤
iiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 5
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٨
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٨
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . . . .١٧٢
ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . .١٧٣
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ. . . . . . . . . . .١٨٢
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٣
ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . .١٨٦
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ) USB ( . . . . . . . .١٨٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀﺃﻭﻣ ﻀﺎﻋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ. . . . . . . .١٨٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١١.ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪ ﻋﻢ . . . . . . . . .١٨٩
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٩
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٩
ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٩
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٩
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺼ ﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٠
ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺩﻋﻢLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٠
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٠
ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ١
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૧.ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٣
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٣
ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖUltraConnect . . . . . .١٩ ٤
ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋﻦﺍﻟﻤﻼ ﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ . . . . . . . .١٩ ٥
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺗﺼ ﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٥
ﻣﻼ ﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻋﻦﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٥
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ . . . . .١٩ ٥
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔBﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٦
Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٦
ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ-ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊElectromagnetic Compatibility
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ،ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٦
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﻱ،ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٧
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲVCCI ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB. . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٧
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ
ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺃﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ20 ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮﻟﻜﻞﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ. . . . . . . . .١٩ ٧
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔﻣﻨﺘﺞLenovo ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﺘﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ. . . . . . .١٩ ٧
iii
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૨.ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ WEEE ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ. . . . .١٩ ٩
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕEU WEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٩
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٩
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺯﻳﻞ . . . . . . . . .٢٠٠
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ . . . . . . . . .٢٠٠
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ . . . . . .٢٠٠
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ. . . . .٢٠١
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૩.ﺇﺷ ﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠٣
ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠٣
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 6
ivﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 7
ﺍﻗ ﺮ ﺃ ﻫ ﺬﺍ ﺃ ﻭ ﻻ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﻤﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﻣﺘﻌﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺍﻟﻔﺸ ﻞﻓﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻯ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺃﻭﻗﺪﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺸ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﺣﻢﻧﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦﻗﺪﺗﺼﺒﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓﻭﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ
ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ.ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﻰﺗﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢﻧﺸﺎﻁﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦﻓﻰ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠﺴﺪﻙﻟﻤﺪﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ،ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻙﻳﺪﻳﻚ،ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﺮﻙ،ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ ﻣﻼﻣﺴ ًﺎﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
•ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺩﻭﺭﻱ،ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺣﻢﻧﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼًﺑﻤﺨﺮﺝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠﺴﺪﻙﻟﻤﺪﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ،ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﻣﺴ ًﺎﻷ ﻱ ﺟﺰﺀﻣﻦﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﺴﺪﻙﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.
•ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪﺃﺑﺪ ًﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ.
ﺍﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻠﻞ.
•ﻟﺘﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﻜﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻄﺮﺍﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻗﻢﺑﺎﺑﻌﺎﺩﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﺣﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠ ﻒ .
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﺓﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﻟﻰﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎﺃﻭﻛﺴﺮﻫﺎ.
• ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢﻣﺴﺎﺭﺧ ﻄﻮﻁﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺃﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻤﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭ
ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺁﺧﺮ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء
ﺁﺧﺮ،ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀ ﻬﺎﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺇﻟﻰﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
v
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 8
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
ﻗﺒﻞﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ،ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻄﻔﺄﺃﻭ
ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ :
•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ Fn+F4ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(
•ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂFn+F12ﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲﻧﻤﻂﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﺬﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
• ﻻﺗﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭﺗﺼ ﺪﻣﻪﺃﻭﺗﺨﺪﺷﻪﺃﻭﺗﻠﻮﻳﻪﺃﻭﺗﻬﺰﻩﺃﻭﺗﺪﻓﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﻀ ﻊﻓﻮﻗﻪﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔﺃﻭﻛﻴ ﺲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ.
•ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻪ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﻗﺪﺗﻢﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ،ﺃﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ
)ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ( (Fn+F4)،ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﺕ (Fn+F12) .ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻓﻌﺎﻻ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣ ﺔ
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺍﻗﺮﺃﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺃﻭﻻ ً.
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﺤﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺤ ﻞﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻭ ﻁﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﻓﻲﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﺍﺀﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺿ ﻤﺎﻥLenovo ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺃﻣﺮًﺍﻣﻬﻤًﺎ.ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻨﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ.ﻣﻊﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻌﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﻨﺸﺄﻋ ﻦ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻣﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻹ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ، ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻓﻲ
ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﻗﻢﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺑﺤ ﺮ ﺹ.ﻭﻋﺒﺮﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻧﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ .ﺑﺎﻻﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ )ﻣﺜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ(ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ،ﺗﺴ ﺮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ
ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺑﺤ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢﺗﺴﺮ ﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
viﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 9
ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀًﻓ ﻮ ﺭﻳًﺎ
ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻭﺍﻹﻫﻤﺎﻝ.ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺤ ﺼ ﻪ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓ،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﻓﻨﻲﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻪ.
ﺷﺄﻥﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ،ﻗﺪﺗﻠﺤ ﻆﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔﺃﻭﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪﺩﺧﺎﻧ ًﺎﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪﺗﺴ ﻤﻊﺃ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺗ ًﺎﻣﺜﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻔﻴﺮ.ﻗﺪﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻮ ﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻋ ﻄﻞﻓﻲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ
ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮﺁﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪﺗﺸﻴﺮﻟﻤ ﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ.ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ، ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻣﺮﺓﺃﻭﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ.
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ: http://www.lenovo.com/
support/phone .
ﻗﻢ،ﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ،ﺑﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻰﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺮ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻱ
ﺳ ﺆﺍﻝ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ، ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﺃﻭ ﺟ ﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﺤ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ،ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻭ ﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺑﺸﺄﻥﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦ
ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺧ ﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ.
• ﺃﺳﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬ،ﺃﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﺃﻭﺃﺳﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ،ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟ ﺊ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ،ﺃﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤ ﻄﻤ ﺖ ،ﺃﻭ
ﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺑﻬﺎﻗﻄﻊ،ﺃﻭﺗﻠﻒ .
•ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ.
•ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ)ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻛﺴﻮﺭ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺟﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﻮﺟﺎﺟﺎﺕ (،ﺃﻭ ﺧ ﺮﻭﺝ ﺳ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺃﻭﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏ ﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
•ﺻ ﺪﻭﺭﺃ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻔﻴﺮ،ﺃﻭ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔﻗﻮﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
•ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻞﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
•ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ.
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺤﻮ.
•ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻻﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﺞ )ﻣﺜﻞﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ (ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺼ ﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﻷ ﺟ ﻞﺃﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo،ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺠﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺇﺭ ﺷ ﺎﺩﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻼ ﻣ ﺔ
ﺍﺣ ﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺩﻭﻣًﺎﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃ ﺮﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎ ﺕ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻢﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀﺃﻭﺗﻨ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔﺑﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻗﻄ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ .ﻳ ُﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩﺑﻮ ﺻ ﻔﻬﺎﻗﻄﻌًﺎﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ .ﻭﻳ ُﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﻄ ﻊﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ
ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺑﻮ ﺻ ﻔﻬﺎﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ،ﺃﻭCRU .ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﺎﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄ ﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀCRU .ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻷ ﺣﺪﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷ ﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ
ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﻣﻦﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔﺃﻭ
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀ.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺮ ﺻ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.
vii
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 10
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕCRU،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﻓﺘﺢ
ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.
ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ ﻣ ﺤ ﻮ ﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
2
، ﺃﻭﺃﻓﻀ ﻞ .ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ،ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪﺓﻟﻠﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥH05VV-F ﻭ3G ﻭ0.75 ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠ ﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ.ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺿ ﻐﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮﻗﺪﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻫﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﺜﻨﺎﺋﻪ،ﺃﻭﺗﺠﻌﺪﻩ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﺸﻜﻞ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣ ﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﻯ ﺷ ﻲء.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺤ ﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻷ ﺣﻮﺍ ﺽ،ﺃﻭﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﻮ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻴ ﺾ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺭ ﺿ ﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎﺑﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻗ ﺼ ﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ، ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ.ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞﺇﻟﻰﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺂﻛﻞﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠ ﻲ ﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ/ﺃﻭﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺑﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺩﻭﻣًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ.
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻱ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺑﻪﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻨٰﻲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺨ ﻮﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻚ( ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻣﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻱ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻈﻬﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺂﻛﻞﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺑﻜﻼﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦﺃﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮﺑﻬﺎﺗﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻱ ﻧﺤﻮ.
ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺔ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ،ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ، ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ،ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻣ ﺼ ﻨﻔﺔﺑﻤﺎﻳﻔﻲ
ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻴًﺎﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧ ﻞ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭّﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ .
viiiﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 11
ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧ ﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭﺗﺂﻛﻞﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ)ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻟﺤﻴﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ
ﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﻳﻞﻟﻪ.
ﻻ ﺗُﺸ ﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ؛ ﻭﺇﻻ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔ.
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﺫﻱ ﺛﻼﺛﺔﺗﺸﻌﺒﺎﺕ.ﻭﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺆﺭ ﺿ ﺔﻓﻘﻂ.ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ.ﻻ ﺗﻔﺴﺪﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﺭ ﺽ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ
ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ
80 ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺋﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ .ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﻓﻨﻴ ًﺎﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ، ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪﺑﺴ ﻬﻮﻟﺔ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻤﺪﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ .
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣ ﻮ ﺭﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣ ﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ، ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ، ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼ ﻖ.ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ
ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ(USB) ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼ ًﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ ﻭﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ
ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞﺑﻌﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ix
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 12
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺕ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺑﺘ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻟﺔ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻬﺎﻭﺫﻟﻚ
ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.ﺗﻢﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺴ ﺤ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺛﻘﺒﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻗﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﻗ ﺼ ﺮﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ.ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮ ّﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀﺃﻭ
ﻷ ﻱ ﺳ ﻮﺍﺋﻞﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺿ ﻮﺀﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡﺑﺎﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ " ﺧ ﺮﻭﺝ " ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻬ ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚﻟﻠﺘﻠ ﻒ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﻻ ﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﺗﺴ ﺮ ﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺃﻭﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ
ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻼﻧﺤ ﻼﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ)ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻷﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ(،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻙﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻗ ﺼ ﺮﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻔ ﺾ ﻋﻤﺮ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻰﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ.ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻷﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺷ ﺤﻨ ًﺎﻛﺎﻣﻼًﺃﻭ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.
ﺍﻹ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻚ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ.ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺃﻭﺗﺴ ﺮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. ﻻﻳﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥﺃﻱ
ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo،ﺃﻭ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﻜﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ،ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿ ﺎﺭﺓ.
ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﺍﻹ ﺻﺎﺑﺔ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﻓﻜﻬﺎ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻘ ﺼ ﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺗﻬﺎ.
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﻃﻔﺎﻝ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﺐ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ،ﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻬﺎﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ30 ﻭ50 % ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ.ﻧﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﻣﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ.
xﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 13
ﺍﻹ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺤ ﺠ ﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺮﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﻪﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ
ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻏﻤﺮﻫﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ
•ﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺨﻴﻦ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ 100 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 212 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
•ﺍﻻ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻔﻚ
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻪﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻳﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ،ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡCR )ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﻨﻴﺰ(ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ.
ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ-ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊhttp://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate .
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻬ ﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺇﻥ ﺃﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ.ﻗﺪﺗﻮ ّﻟﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣ ﺠﻤﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ.ﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎ:
• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻰ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻗﺪﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ .ﺗﺠﻨﺐﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﺔﻳﺪﻳﻚ
ﺃﻭ ﺣ ﺠﺮﻙﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺳﺎﺧ ﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻔﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻦ
ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻳﻮ ّﻟﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﻛﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻧﺸﺎﻁﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑ ﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭ ﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺧﺬ
ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻦ؛ﻭﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺠﺮﺓ.
•ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ،ﻭ/ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻭﺡ،ﻭ/ﺃﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮ ﻕ.ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﺮﻳﺮ،ﺃﻭﺃﺭﻳﻜﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﺠﺎﺩﺓ،ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﺮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺴﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
• ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼًﺑﻤﺨﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﻣ ﻼﻣ ﺴ ًﺎﻷ ﻯ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣ ﻦ
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺑﺪ ًﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺟ ﺴ ﺪﻙ.ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑ ﺲ،
ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣ ﺮﻭ ﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
ﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺘﻚﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ،ﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ:
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻘ ًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼً.
•ﺍﻓﺤ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ.
•ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺛﻘﻮ ﺏ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ
ﺗﺘﻜﺎﺛﺮﺑﻬﺎﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﻗﺔﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺳﺪﻫﺎ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻄﻊﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ،ﺇﺫﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 35 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
xi
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 14
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻼ ﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬ ﺮﺑﻲ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ:
•ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺎ ﺻ ﻔﺔﺑﺮﻗﻴﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﺄﺭﻳ ﻀ ﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ.
•ﻣﺘﻰ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻳﺪ ًﺍﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻘﻂﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺀﺃﻭﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔ،ﻭﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺒﻞﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻏ ﻄﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻣﺎﻟﻢﺗﺮﺩﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ.
• ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ . ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮ ﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺸ ﻮﻓﺔ .
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
• ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ ،ﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔﺑﻪ.
ﻟﻠﻔﺼ ﻞ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻛﻞ ﺷ ﻲء.
٢.ﺃﻭﻻ ً،ﺍﻧﺰﻉﺃﺳﻼﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ .
٣.ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ.
٤.ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻛﻞ ﺷ ﻲء.
٢.ﺃﻭﻻ ً،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻛﺒﻼ ﺕﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﺃﺳ ﻼﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻄ ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻄ ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻓ ﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰ ﺭ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ)ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CD-ROM ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻗﻞ(، ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻴﺰﺭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﻟﻴﺰﺭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
•ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺃﻭﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻤﺎﻡﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﻱ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻦClass 3A ﺃﻭClass 3B .ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻌ ﺚ ﺃﺷﻌﺔﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ.ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﺮﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﻟﻠﺸﻌﺎﻉ.
xiiﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 15
ﺇﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺧﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﺸ ﺎﺷ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳ ﺴ ﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﺎﺋﻞ(LCD)
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺭﻳﺴﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ)ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉLED (
•ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺭﻳﺴﻨﺖ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔlcdﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ؛ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ.
•ﻳﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻨﻊ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔLCDﻣﻦﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺴ ﺮﻫﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔLCDﻭﻧﻔﺎﺫﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚﺃﻭﻳﺪﻳﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﻐﺴ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺛﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦ15 ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ؛ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺃﻱ ﺃﻋﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ،
ﺍﺣ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ.
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺫ ﻥ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ
ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﻊ. ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ
ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﻌﻲ.
ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻻﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺟﺪًﺍﺧ ﻄ ﺮًﺍﻛﺒﻴﺮًﺍﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕEN 50332-2 .ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ
EN 50332-2 ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ7.ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻤﺨ ﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳ ﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑ ـ150 ﻣﻠﻲﻓﻮﻟﺖ .
ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭEN 50332-2 ) ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ
ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ7( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊﺇﻟﻰ75 ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊEN 50332-2 ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺸﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺼ ﺪﺭ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺳ ﺐLenovo ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕEN 50332-1 .ﻭﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎﻣﻊEN 50332-1 )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ6.5 ﻗﻴﻢﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ(.ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊEN 50332-1 ﺧ ﻄ ﺮ ًﺍﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ.
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻼ ﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻗﺪﺗﺸﻜﻞﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻷﻛﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝﺍﻟﺮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ.
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ:
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺧ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ.
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟّﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﺍﻻﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ،ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻞ،ﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ:
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ
ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻣﺴﺎﻛﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﻻ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺑﻴﻌﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻚ ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺮ ﺻ ﺎ ﺹ، ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ
ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﺮ ﻃﺎﻥﺃﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻨﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻷ ﻱ ﺇ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺭﺓ.ﺍﻏ ﺴ ﻞ
ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
xiii
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ .
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 16
xivﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 17
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ١ .ﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺓ ﻋ ﺎ ﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻨﺘ ﺞ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ،ﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ، ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ
ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١
• "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢
• "ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤
• "ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٥
• "ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٦
• "ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞThinkVantage "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻛ ﻦ ﻋ ﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴﻮ ﺗﺮ
ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻚ ﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﻳﺰﻭﺩﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﻟﻚ.
• "ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١
• "ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤
• "ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥
• "ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧
• "ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦
• "ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩
ﻣﻨ ﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ
١
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 18
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ١.ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ThinkPad T420s/T420si
1ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
4ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint
6ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
8ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ UltraConnect™ )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ﻦ)ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(10 ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ّ
ﻦ)ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
ّ
ﻨﺔ)ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
ّ
ﻨﺔ)ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ّ
12ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
14ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
18ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
20ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn
3ﺯﺭThinkVantage
5ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
7ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
9ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
11ThinkLight
13ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ UltraConnect™ )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
15ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺼ ﻔﺢﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ 16ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
17ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲBluetooth
19ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
21ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮCapsLock 22ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
1ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ،ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﺳﺘﻮﺭﺑﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ(TFT) ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻧ ﺼ ﻮ ﺻ ًﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻧﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٦ .
2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﺑﺪﺃ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬّﺭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓ4ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
3ﺯﺭThinkVantage
®
7 (ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkVantage Productivity Center
(.
®
ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ThinkVantageﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTap )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ Windows
)ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ Windows XPﻭ Windows Vista
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﻗﺪﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolboxﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTapﺃﻭ
ThinkVantage Productivity Centerﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.
.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،
®
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery
ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡThinkVantage " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٥ .
UltraNav
ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﻦﻧﻮﻋﻪ .ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎﺟ ﺰﺀ ًﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺎﺩﻭﻥ
®
®
4ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint
5ﻋ ﺼﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
18ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
19ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
ﻧﻘﻞﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲUltraNav ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮ.
٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 19
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚTrackPoint ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻩ.
6ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﻣﻦ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﺓﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﻤﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٩ .
7ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. ﻻ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺗﻪ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ
ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
8ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ UltraConnect™™ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
13ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ UltraConnectﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺃﻳﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖUltraConnect " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩ ٤.
9ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻦ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
12ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻦ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﻣﺠ ﻲ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ .
10ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٤ .
11ThinkLight
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻇ ﻞ ﻇ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻈ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUp . ﻭﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUp ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
®
ﻨﺔ)ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
ّ
ﻨﺔ)ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ّ
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞThinkLight
14ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
22ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٩ .
15ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻔﺢﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻔﺢﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠ ﻒ ،ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ،ﻓﻲﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗ ﺼ ﻔﺢﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ،ﻣﺜﻞ Internet
Explorer
.ﻭﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺘﻲ ﺳﻬﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﻨﻘﻼﻧﻚ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
®
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮ ﺿ ﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ،ﻛﻲﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎﺑﻨﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ .
16ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ .ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
UEFI Setup Utility .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
17ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲBluetooth
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣
Page 20
20ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn
، ﻣﺜﻞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔ ThinkLight .ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ThinkPad،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Fn+ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
®
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒThinkPad
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠّﻢﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ.
21ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮCapsLock
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﺆﺷ ﺮCapsLock ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡCapsLock .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ CapsLock، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠ .
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻳﻤ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad T420s/T420si
2Serial Ultrabay Slim
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
3ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻞﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.
2Serial Ultrabay Slim
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓSerial Ultrabay Slim .ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Serial Ultrabay Slimﺑﺴﻤﻚ 9.5ﻣﻢﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ Serial Ultrabay .ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Serial Ultrabay
Enhanced .
3ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.
٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 21
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻳ ﺴ ﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad T420s/T420si
2ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
ﻊ
ّ
1ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ(
3ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ
5ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ
1ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ(
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﻋﺮﻗﻠﺔﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ، ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ .
2ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 1.1ﻭ2.0 .
ﻊ
ّ
3ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺭﺑﺎﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ 3.5ﻣﻢﻓﻲﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊ .
،ﻓﻼ ﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ
®
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﻲ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ iPhone
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺫﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺫﻥ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻨﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣ ﻮﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3 ﻭThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 ﻭ) ThinkPad Mini Dock
Plus Series 3 (170 W .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٣ .
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard .
• ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ .ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٥
Page 22
–ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD
–ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHC
–ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXC
–MultiMediaCard
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓCPRMﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSD .
• ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCard،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺑﻌﺮ ﺽ 34 ﻣﻢ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥ .
5ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥ .
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔﻠ ﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤.ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad T420s/T420si
2 ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝWAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA
6ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAXﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ 4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
5ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
7ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAXﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕLAN/WiMAX
ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 23
2ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Miniﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕWAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻊﺗﻘﺪﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕLenovo ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴ ًﺎ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻹﺭ ﺳﺎﺀ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ
ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 (170 W)،ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ.
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻧﻤﻄﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ.
5ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺫﻱ ﺳﻌﺔﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ،ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ،ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ.ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖActive Protection System™ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Active
Protection System " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩ .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔSerial Ultrabay Slim .
ﻣﻊﺗﻘﺪﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕLenovo ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴ ًﺎ،ﺗﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺃﺧ ﻒ ﻭﺯﻧًﺎﻭﺃ ﺻ ﻐﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻤًﺎﻭﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻼً.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻗﺴﻢﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﻓﺎﺭ ﻏﺔﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .
ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻮ ﻇًﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﺮ ﺳﻌﺘﻪ.
6ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ WANﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐﻭﺟﻮﺩﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM (Subscriber Identification Module)ﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ
WAN )ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ(ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢﺑﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM .
7ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪًﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ،ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻛﺨﻴﺎﺭ،ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔSerial Ultrabay Slim .ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
Power Manager ﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ " Power Manager " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠ .
ﻣﻨ ﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﻠﻔ ﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥.ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad T420s/T420si
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٧
Page 24
1ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ 2ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ( 4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort 6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
7ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
1ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
2ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernet ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ، ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ LAN ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻟﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ.ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ " Access Connections " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑ ـ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad
Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ) ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 (170 Wﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺖ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ Ethernet،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ Ethernet
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ
) ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 (170 W،ﻭﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊUSB 1.1ﻭ2.0ﻭ3.0 .
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0،ﻓﻠﻦﺗﻌﻤﻞﺃﻱ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺃﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ،ﻓﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USB 2.0ﺃﻭ 1.0ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ.
٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 25
4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،
ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ، ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
®
®
ﻭiPhone ﻭBlackBerry
ﻣﺜﻞiPod
ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ، ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼً، ﻭﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،
ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB .ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB 1.1 ﻭ2.0 .
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚDisplayPort،ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ
ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭHDTV ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥١ .
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑ ـ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad
Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ) ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 (170 Wﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺖ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series
3ﺃﻭ) ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 (170 W،ﻭﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٧ .
7ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋﺮﻗﻠﺔﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ،ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ
ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٩
Page 26
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
1ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ ،ﻣﺜﻞﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ Ultrabay،ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ . ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ، ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
2ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﻈ ﻞ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻣ ﻀًﺎ ﻃ ﻮﺍﻝﻓﺘﺮﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﻭﻳﻄﻔﺄﻋﻨﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
3Caps Lock
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷ ﺣﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ "Caps Lock "ﻣﻤﻜﻨ ًﺎ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ (A-Z)ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻷﺣ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
Shift .
4ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock "
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ، ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﻗﻔﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock " ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ً،ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ numeric lock ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٦ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺁﺧ ﺮﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﻟﻪ، ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻗﻔﻞﺍﻻﻧﺰ ﻻ ﻕ " Scroll Lock ". ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻟﻴ ﺲ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮ.ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡScrLk . ﻻ
ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ.
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ )ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ/ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩ ﻱ(،ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺢ
ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺪﻟﻮﻟﻬﺎ:
١٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 27
1ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻓﻲWindows XP (
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(.
•ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ.
2ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ20 % .
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ5 %ﻭ20 % .
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﻊﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ5 % .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ﻲءﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸﺤ ﻦ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ 20 %،ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﻮﺍﻣ ﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ﻲءﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ 20 %ﻭ 80 %،ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺇﻟﻰ80 %،ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ100 % .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻓﻼﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ
)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﻠﻮ ﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺧ ﻄﺄﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
•ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ:ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﻜﺘﻤﻞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﻔ ﺼ ﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١١
Page 28
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetooth ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓWiMAX،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
3ﺣﺎﻟﺔBluetooth
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻣﺸﻐ ّﻠﺔ،ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
•ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ.
4ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ/ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
• ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ :ﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11b/g ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ،ﺃﻭ802.11a/b/g ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ 802.11n 2.0 (ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓ
ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓWiMAX ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
• ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻜﺎ ﻥ ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻬ ﻤ ﺔ
®
(COA) .
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Microsoft
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮ ﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻩ
ﻳُﻌﺮّﻑ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ،ﻓﺴﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ
ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﻨﻴﻲﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮ ﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ:
١٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥﻧﻮ ﻉ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻭﻣﻌﺮ ّﻑFCC،ﻭﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓIC ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ
Page 29
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣ ﻌ ﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭ ﺭ ﻗﻢ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺍ ﺕIC
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ FCCﺃﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ICﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﻋﻠﻰﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﺣﻴﺚﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ FCCﻭﺭﻗﻢﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ
ICﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٣
Page 30
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ
"ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ PCI Express Miniﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ LAN/WiMAX "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٨ﺃﻭ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ
WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٥ .
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗ ﺔ
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﻭﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺤﻪ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ.ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺭﻗﺎﻡﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ
• ﺍﻃﻠﻊﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺎﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ)ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP (؛ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
• ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻋ ﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔﺑ ﻀ ﻌ ﻒ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ (DDR3)
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ
•ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ 2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ )7ﻣﻢ(،ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ 2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ)7ﻣﻢﺃﻭ 9.5ﻣﻢ(
•ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA )ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔTFT :
•ﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﻢ: 14.01ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 355.6ﻣﻢ(
•ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ:
– LCD :ﺣﺘﻰ 1600 -ﻓﻲ- 900،ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ
–ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ:ﺑﺪﻗﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ 2048 × 1536
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ
•ThinkLight
•ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
•ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
١٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 31
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
•89 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﺃﻭ90 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﺃﻭ94 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
•UltraNav )ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯTrackPointﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ(
•ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲFn
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡThinkVantage
•ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
•ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ
•ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ) DisplayPortﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔﻛﺎﺛﻮﺩﻳﺔ " VGA "(
•ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊ )ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ(
•2ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ) Universal Serial Bus (USB
•1ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞRJ45 Ethernet
•Serial Ultrabay Slim
•ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﺀ
ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻼ ﺵ
• ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ExpressCard، 34 ﻣﻢ،ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ 4× 1
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
• ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ Multi-Burner
ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ
•ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Bluetoothﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻼ ﺕ (
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WiMAXﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ
• ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ )ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ (
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﻢ
•ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ : 343.0ﻣﻢ) 13.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
•ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ: 230.0ﻣﻠﻢ) 9.05ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
•ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ: 21.2ﺇﻟﻰ 26.0ﻣﻢ) 0.83ﺇﻟﻰ 1.02ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ:
•ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰﻟﻼ ﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 3048ﻡ) 10,000ﻗﺪﻡ(
•ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٥
Page 32
–ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 5.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (
–ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻣﻦ 5.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 43.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 109 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (
–ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 31.3 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 88 °
ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻋﻨﺪﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ 10° ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)50 ° ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (.
•ﺍﻟﺮ ﻃﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ:
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 8 %ﺇﻟﻰ 80 %
–ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ: 5 %ﺇﻟﻰ 95 %
ﺧ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ
• 65 ﻭﺍﺕ )222 ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ /ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(،ﺃﻭ 90 ﻭﺍﺕ )307 ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ /ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(،ﺃﻭ 170 ﻭﺍﺕ )580 ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ /ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(
ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ)ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ(
ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ)ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ(
•ﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺟﻴﺒﻴﺔﻣﻦ50ﺇﻟﻰ60ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
•ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺪﺧ ﻞﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ: 100ﺇﻟﻰ240ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ،50ﺇﻟﻰ60ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
• ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺃﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ
ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Managerﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
•ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽPower Managerﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ،ﻭﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ،ﻭﺍﻷ ﺣﻤﺮ.ﺗﺘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊﻟﻠ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺃﺣﻤﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺻ ﺎﻟﺤﺔ
ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ.
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﻴﺌﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
•ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰﻟﻼ ﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 3048ﻡ) 10,000ﻗﺪﻡ(
•ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
–ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: 5.0 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35.0 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: 5.0 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 43.0 °ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 109 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (
– ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦ 2438 ﻡ)8000 ﻗﺪﻡ(ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿ ﻐﻂ :31.3 ° ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)88 °
ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻋﻨﺪﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ 10° ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)50 ° ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (.
•ﺍﻟﺮ ﻃﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ:
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 8 %ﺇﻟﻰ 80 %
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: 5 %ﺇﻟﻰ 95 %
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ .
١٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 33
http://www.lenovo.com/support
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools.ﺛﻢﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﻟﻪ.
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﻋ ﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻳ ﻒ ﻷ ﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻣﺸ ﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒﻪﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺃﻭﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒﻬﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ
ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺪ ﺙ ﻗ ﺼ ﺮﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻞﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ .
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﻷﻛﻞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ .
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣ ﺞThinkVantage
ﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovo ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓﻭﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻭﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ،
ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ.ﺗﻮﻓﺮLenovo ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤ ﺴﻨﺔ، ﻭﺣﻮﺳﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ، ﻭﺗﺮ ﺣﻴﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﻭﺣﻠﻮﻻ ًﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ
ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕThinkVantage ﻭﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺳﺒﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎLenovo .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕThinkVantageﻭﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺳﺒﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎLenovo،ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ:
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻄ ﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡWindows 7
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ:
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺧﺎﻓ ﺖ ﻷ ﺣﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﻓﺈﻥﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻭﻳ ًﺎ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ١.ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲLenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺍﺗﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻼﺗﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
Access Connections
Active Protection System
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Mobile Broadband Activate
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap SimpleTap
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٧
System Update
ThinkVantage GPS
Page 34
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ .
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺠﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻓ ﺖ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
ﺗﻢﺑﻴﺎﻥﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ Lenovo -ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
Lenovo -ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ
Lenovo -ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺃﻭ
Lenovo -ﻗﺎﺭﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
Lenovo -ﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ
ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
Lenovo -ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
Lenovo -ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕLenovo -ﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
Access Connections
Active Protection System
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
ﺃﻭ
Lenovo Solution Center
Mobile Broadband Activate
Password Manager
Power Manager
Lenovo - SimpleTap
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
Lenovo - GPS
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo -ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Recovery Media
SimpleTap
System Update
Rescue and Recovery
ThinkVantage GPS
Access Connections
Access Connections ™ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻋ ﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺺ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ . ﺣﻴﺚﻳﻘﻮﻡﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺯﻣﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﻘﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞAccess Connections،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 35
ﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Access Connections
®
Active Protection System
Client Security Solution
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista
.
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ Active Protection System ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺸ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ
ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﺗﻠﻘﻴﻪﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ.ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﺔ
ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻪﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ،ﻛﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺭﺅﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ/ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﺑﻤﺠ ﺮﺩﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻷ ﻥﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺃ ﺻ ﺒﺤ ﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ )ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﻗﻞﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺃﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ (،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻳﻌﻴﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞActive Protection System،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
!!Active Protection System .
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﺔﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ.ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺃﻣﺎﻥ،ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
http://www.lenovo.com/support
Fingerprint Software
!! ThinkVantage Fingerprint Software .
Lenovo Solution Center
ThinkVantage Toolbox " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠ .
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Client Security Solution .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺇ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻮ Windows 7،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ .
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ Fingerprint Software ﻣﻦﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ Windows ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.
ﺑﻨﺎﺀًﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤ ﻞ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺤ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺁﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo Solution Center ﺃﻭLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻷ ﻏ ﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Lenovo
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Solution Center ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺃﺧ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٦٣ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٩
Page 36
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
ThinkVantage Tools " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠ .
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Solution Center ﻓﻲWindows 7، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ"ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﺃﻣﺎﻧ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ:
•Lenovo Solution CenterﺃﻭLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox )ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊ(
•Power Manager
•Rescue and Recovery
•System Update
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolsﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ُﺮﺯﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊhttp://support.lenovo.com .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo Solution Center ﺃﻭLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻷ ﻏ ﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Solution Center،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Lenovo
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox ﻣﻦ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻋﺮﺍ ﺽ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﻟﻬﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺍﻹ ﻋ ﻼﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺼ ﺎ ﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﻔﻮ ﻇﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ .
!! Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox .
Message Center Plus
Message Center Plusﺃﻥﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻛﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻷ ﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ.
Password Manager
Power Manager
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽMessage Center Plus ﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻹﺑﻼ ﻏ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻭﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺪ ﺙ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻭﺗﺬﻛ ّﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻬﻢﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﻬﻞ
ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻬﺎ، ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣ ُﻌﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Password Manager .
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power Managerﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power
Managerﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power Manager،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٢٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 37
Presentation Director
Product Recovery
Rescue and Recovery
Windows .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Power Manager .
ﻳﻌﺪPresentation Director ﺃﺩﺍﺓﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻷﻧﺴ ﺐ ﻟﻚ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ
ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﺮﻭ ﺽ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ.ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦPresentation Director،ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ،ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ.ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn + F7 .
ﻟﻔﺘﺢPresentation Director،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Presentation Director .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7، ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ Presentation Director ﻣﺪﻋﻤ ًﺎﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍ ﻷ ﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ
ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺑﺪﻻًﻣﻨﻪ.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪ
ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٥ .
ﻳﻌﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺣ ﻼ ًﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺿ ﻐ ﻄﺔ ﺯﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ،ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ، ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
SimpleTap
SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ http://support.lenovo.com .
System Update
ThinkVantage،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﺕ UEFI BIOS،ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ (.ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Rescue and Recovery .
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳ ﺮﻳﻌﺔﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻗﻔﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ.
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰSimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦ.
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭThinkVantageﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ)ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎLenovo،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!System Update .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٢١
Page 38
ThinkVantage GPS
ThinkVantage Productivity Center
Vista ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ .
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Mini ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ) GPS (،ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ) GPS (ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼًﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ ﺮﻳﻄﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖGoogle Maps ﺃﻭMicrosoft Bing™ Maps .
ﻟﻔﺘﺢThinkVantage GPS،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!ThinkVantage GPS .
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkVantage Productivity Center ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻨﻪ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕThinkVantage ﻭﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦLenovo ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺃﻛﺜﺮﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺷﻴﻮﻋ ًﺎﻣﺜﻞﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkVantage Productivity Center ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP ﺃﻭWindows Vista،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkVantage Productivity Center ﻋﻠﻰﻃ ُﺮﺯﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP ﺃﻭWindows
٢٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 39
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٢ . ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﻮﻳًﺎﻭﻣﺤﻤﻼًﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻳﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻓﻲﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻳﻮﻡ.
• "ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٣
• "ﺍﻷ ﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٣
• "ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٤
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٠
• "ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥
• "ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽ )ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٦
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ NVIDIAﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺴﻨﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٤
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓThinkLight "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥
ﺗ ﺴ ﺠ ﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
http://www.lenovo.com/support/faq
ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡPower Manager .
ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺃﻭ
ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ.ﻓ ﻀ ﻼ ًﻋ ﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻘﺪﻡﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻌﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻠﻴﻦ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﺪ ﻯ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo، ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺧﺪﻣﺔﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo
•ﺇﻋ ﻼﻡﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊLenovo،ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊhttp://www.lenovo.com/register .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝThinkPad .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ:
ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ؟
•ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ: http://www.lenovo.com/support .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻛﻴ ﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ؟
•ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔﺩﻭﻥﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷ ﺮ ﺡ "ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٦ .
•ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﻮﺍﺯ ﻥﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺧ ﻄ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP (
٢٣
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 40
http://www.lenovo.com/support/faq
• ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﻣﻨﻊﺍﺳﺘﻨﺰﺍﻑ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥ .
ﻫﻞﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﺘﻢﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ؟
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻗﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤ "ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ .
•ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solutionﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩClient Security Solution ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻮ Windows 7،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ .
• ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ "ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٣ .
ﻫﻞﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺃﻣﺮًﺍ ﺻ ﻌﺒًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻚ؟
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎ ﻑ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡAccess Connections .
•ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩ .
•ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑ ﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١ .
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
ﻫﻞﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ؟
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPresentation Directorﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻓﻴﻌﻨﻲﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ Presentation Director؛ﻭﻣﻊﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F7 ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴ ﺮﻭﺩﻓﻲ "ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٧ .
•ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
ﻫﻞﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ؟
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٣ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧ "ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١٥ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻫﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ، ﻭﺗﺸﻌﺮﺍﻵ ﻥ ﺃﻧﻪﺃﺻ ﺒﺢ ﺑﻄﻴﺌ ًﺎ؟
•ﺍﺗ ّﺒﻊ "ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٥٧ .
•ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.
•ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥ "ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٥ .
ﺍﻃﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.
• "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٣٣ .
• "ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٦٤ .
• "ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨٣ .
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺯ ﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.
٢٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 41
ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡThinkVantage
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺯ ﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗ ﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ، ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺧ ﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ
ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎ.
ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰWindows 7 (ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ThinkVantage Productivity Center )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ Windows XP ﻭ Windows Vista (.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﻗﺪﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolboxﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTapﺃﻭ
ThinkVantage Productivity Centerﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ
ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ،ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞRescue
and Recovery ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
•ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
•ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦﺑﻴﺌﺔWindowsﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ،ﺷ ﺮﻳﻄﺔﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup .
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ "To interrupt normal startup, press the blue
ThinkVantage button )ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ThinkVantageﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ("ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺯﺭThinkVantage .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔRescue and Recovery .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ
٧٨ .
ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗ ﻤﻴﺔ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔﺑﻬﺎ10 ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡShift ﺃﻭFn ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡNmLk (ScrLk) .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻮﺿ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻢﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔﻣﻦ 10 ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫ ﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻛﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻷ ﺣ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡShift ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٥
Page 42
ﺗ ﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻮ ﻇ ﺎﺋ ﻒ
ﻋﺒﺮﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn (1)؛ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ(2) .
ﺗﺮ ﺷﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻬ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
•Fn+F3
ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP،ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔPower Manager،ﺃﻭﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ
ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺯﺭﺍﺭ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP،ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(ﺃﻭﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﻧﻈﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows XP،ﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ
ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP،ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F3، ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ.
•Fn+F4
ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩ ﻱ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn ﻓﻘﻂ،ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ .
٢٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 43
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ )ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows XP،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲPower Manager .
•Fn+F12
ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺃﺭﺑﻊﺛﻮﺍﻥ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
– ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢﻣﻦﺗﻼ ﺷ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F12، ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ
ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ( ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ .ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻠ ﻒ.
– ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F3،ﻭFn+F4،ﻭFn+F12،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad PM ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥ .
ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ
•Fn+F7
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ ﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً،ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPresentation Director .
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Fn+F7 ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Presentation Director، ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Presentation Director .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Presentation Director " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢١ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F7 ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
•Fn+F7
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ. ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻘﻂ (LCD)
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ )ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ(
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ )ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ(
–ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ،ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Win+P .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista ﻭWindows XP :
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ:
–ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﺩﻳﺔ(
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ )ﺷﺎﺷﺔ LCD +ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﺩﻳﺔ(
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
–ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ )ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ(.
–ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻴﻠﻢ DVDﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄ ﻊﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPresentation Directorﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
!!Presentation Director،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕFn+F7 .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻌﺪﺓﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ .ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٧
Page 44
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
•Fn+F5
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F5،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳ ﺮﻳﻌًﺎ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ Fn+F5 ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﻣﻘﺪﻣًﺎ:
–ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
–ﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
–ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩ .
ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
•Fn+F6
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F6،ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ.
ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٤ .
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ
•Fn+PgUp :ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ThinkLight .ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+PgUpﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﺕ ThinkPadﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ThinkLight .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟـ
ThinkLightﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺒ ﻀ ﻊﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+PgUp .
• Fn+Home:ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳ ﻄ ﻮﻋ ًﺎ .
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ،ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺃﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPower Manager .
• Fn+End:ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻔﻮﺗ ًﺎ .
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ،ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺃﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPower Manager .
•Fn +ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻓﺔ:ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻜﺒ ّﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ.
•Fn+F2 :ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•Fn+F8 :ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓUltraNav .
•Fn+PrtSc :ﻟﻬﺎﻧﻔ ﺲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡSysRq .
•Fn+ScrLk :ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
•Fn+Pause :ﻟﻬﺎﻧﻔ ﺲ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡBreak .
•Fn +ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻬﻢ:ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻊ Windows Media Player .ﻭﺗﺘﺴﻢﺑﺎﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
–ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Fn +ﺳﻬﻢ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ:ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ
–ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Fn +ﺳﻬﻢ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ:ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ
–ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Fn +ﺳﻬﻢﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ:ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ
–ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Fn +ﺳﻬﻢﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ:ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ
٢٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 45
ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺷ ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍ ﺧ ﻔﺎﺀ ﻩ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﺯ ﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
1ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ
2ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗ
3ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻜﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ (+ ) ﺃﻭ
ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﺡ (-) .
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺗﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻪ، ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺼ ﻪ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﺰ ﻻ ﻕ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ " Volume "ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ " Volume ".ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ، ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻧﺰ ﻻ ﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ.ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ، ﺣﺪﺩﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ )ﻛﺘﻢﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista ﻭWindows XP (.
• ﻗﺪﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬﺃﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓ ًﺎ ﻃﻔﻴﻔًﺎﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٩
Page 46
• ﻟﻼﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ Windows ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ .
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻷ ﺣﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F6 .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility .
٣.ﻓﻲ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔVoIP ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﻓﻘﻂ:.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡWindows ﻭ ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻄ ﺒﻴ ﻖ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ:
1ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ"ﺍﺑﺪﺃ"ﻓﻲWindows ﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺁﺧ ﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﺃﻭ"ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ")"ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows
XP (.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .
2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ
ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘ ﺼ ﺮﺓﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ، ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄ ﺷ ﻴﺮUltraNav
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav .ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥUltraNav ﻣﻦTrackPoint ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﻤ ﺲ،ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ
ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
٣٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 47
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦTrackPointﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻛﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦTrackPoint ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦTrackPointﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻟﻠﻮ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﻊTrackPoint،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻢﻗ ﺼ ﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﻭﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﻛﺔ.
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦTrackPointﻟﻠﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﻗ ﺼ ﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡTrackPoint ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ.
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦTrackPointﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ،ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ،ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕUltraNav
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav ﻣﻦﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ".ﻭﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F8،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ".
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ"ﺍﺑﺪﺃ"ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7ﻭWindows Vista :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ !!UltraNav .
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ !!UltraNav .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ UltraNavﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNavﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNavﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNavﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄ ﺷ ﻴﺮTrackPoint
ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻣﻦ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ(1) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻠﻨﻘﺮﺃﺳﻔﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ(5) ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﻣﻮﺍﺯٍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ؛ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﺃﻥ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮ ﻙ.ﺗﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺳ ﺮ ﻋﺔ
ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ.ﺇﻥ ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ(4) ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ(2) ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩ ﻱ.ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘ ﺼ ﻒTrackPoint (3) ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ ُﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ،ﻳﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ
ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺷ ﺮ ﻃﺔﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩًﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡTrackPoint،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ:
١ . ﺿﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﻓﻴﻪ .
ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ،ﻭﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣١
Page 48
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﺣ ﻆ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺤ ﺮ ﻑ .ﻭﻻﻳ ُﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍﻋﻴﺒًﺎ .ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ TrackPoint ﻟﺒﻀ ﻊ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍ، ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ .
٢ .ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺣ ﺴﺒﻤﺎﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭ ﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻣﻴﻦ ،ﺛﻢﺣ ﺮ ّﻙ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ TrackPoint .
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ.
ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺTrackPoint
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔTrackPoint .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺓ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮTrackPoint .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮTrackPoint .
ﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ TrackPoint ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F8 .ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .ﺃﺳﻔﻞ TrackPoint ،ﺗﺎﺑﻊﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ (1) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ TrackPoint ﻗﺎﺑﻼًﻟﻺ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻢ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ،ﻳﺘﻢﺷ ﺤ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ .ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔ(1) ﻭﺯﺭﻳﻦﻟﻠﻨﻘﺮﺃﺳﻔﻞﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint ﺃﺳﻔﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ(4) ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ، ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ
ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌ ﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ.ﺇﻥ ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ(3) ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ(2) ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.
٣٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 49
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲUltraNav .
ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F8 .ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNavﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ .
ﺳ ﻠﻮ ﻙUltraNav ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ TrackPointﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩ "ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ."
ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F8 :
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F8 .ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .
٢.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ TrackPoint ،ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint (.
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ TrackPointﻓﻘﻂ )ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ (.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav :
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista
١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣٣
Page 50
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
٣.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ TrackPoint ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦTrackPoint .
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
٣.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ TrackPoint ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦTrackPoint .
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ UltraNav ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav ﻓﻲﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤ .
ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻘ ﻮ ﻧﺔUltraNav ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﻣﻨ ﻄ ﻘ ﺔ ﺃﺩ ﻭﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F8 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ UltraNavﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻹ ﻇﻬﺎﺭﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNavﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﺃﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
٦.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻮ Windows 7 ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav .ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺛﻢﺗﺎﺑﻊﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬٍﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ.ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋ ﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ ًﺎ، ﻷﻧﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢﻟﻠﺘ ﺼ ﻔﺢﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.ﻭﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺮﺗﻴﻦ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ . ﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﻧﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﻱ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤ ﺮﻳﺮﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ، ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ
ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺸﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ،ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﻭﺗﺤ ﺮﻳﺮﻩ.
ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ.ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺃﻗﻞﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻟﻺ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴًﺎﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ. ﻻ
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺮﻛﺔﺃﻭﺃﻧﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﻗﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ.ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﻓ ﺾ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩﺑﺎﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ،ﻭﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ.
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ :
٣٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 51
• ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺯ ﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔﻳﺘﻢﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ . ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻱ ﻗﻠﻢ ،ﻭﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻳ ﻀ ﺎﺃﻳﺔﺃﺩﺍﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ، ﺣﻴﺚﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ
ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺃﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ.
• ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠ ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﻠﻤﺴﻬﺎﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ )ﺃﻭﺇﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦ ( ﻭﺑﻴﻦﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ
ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻗﻢﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔSettings Utility ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
•ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻪ:
–ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻌ ًﺎﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﻭﺗ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﻩ.
–ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ.
–ﻣ ﻼﻣﺴﺔﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻔﻬﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎﻛﻤﺎﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺷ ﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌ ﻚ،ﺇﻟﺦ.،ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔﺃﻭﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻄ ﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻳﺔﻣﻮﺍﺩﻣﺬﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ .
٢.ﺃﺯﻝ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺷ ﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻭﺃﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ .
٣.ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊﺃﻭﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ.
٤.ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻤﻨﻈ ﻒ ﻋﺪﻳﻢﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ.
ﺇﺩﺍﺭ ﺓ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻼ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ
ﺃﻛﺒﺮ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﻭﻭﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻭﺍﻗ ﺾ ﻭﻗﺘ ًﺎﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕThinkPad .ﻟﻘﺪﺃﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺛﻮﺭﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝﺍﻷ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﺻ ﺔﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎﺫﻫﺒﺖ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕThinkPad، ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ
ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭ ﻳﺔ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ) Power Manager Battery Gauge (ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ.
ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺪﺩﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻝﻓﺘﺮﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.ﻭﻟﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻠﻮﻛ ًﺎﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻪﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،
ﻓﻤﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺎﻣ ﻼ ﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺎﻥ:
•ﻛﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
•ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ:ﻋﺪﺩﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻭﻛﻢﺗﺒﻠﻎﻓﺘﺮﺓﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻣ ﻀ ﺎﺀﺓ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﻬﺎﻳ ﺊ ﻃ ﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺩ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻳﻮﻥﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﻪ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﻴﻦﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ:
١.ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺿ ﺮﺭ ﺟ ﺴﻴﻢﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﻫﻨﺎ.
١ . ﺻِﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣٥
Page 52
٢.ﺻ ِﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
٣.ﺻ ِﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺃﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
•ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
–ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ
–ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺪﺃﻣﺆﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ
–ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﺃﻥﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﻀ ﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﻀ ﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ٍﺷ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒًﺎ،ﻓ ﺼ ِﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻪ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 3ﺇﻟﻰ 6 ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ.ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ. ﺳﻴﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ، ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺒﺪﺀﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ95 % .
ﺯ ﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﺮ ﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣ ﻴ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭ ﻳﺔ ﻷ ﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪ
ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺣﺪ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﻔﺪﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﻭﻳ ﻀ ﻲءﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ.
•ﺃﻋﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﺇﺫﺍﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻮﻧًﺎﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺆﺧﺮ ًﺍ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺃﻋﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺇﺫﺍﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻮﻧًﺎﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﻔﺪﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﻭﻳ ﻀ ﻲءﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ.
• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻭﺿ ﺎﻉﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻭﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻓﺎﺭ ﻏﺔ ،ﻭﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ (،ﻭﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ .
ﺇﺩﺍﺭ ﺓ ﻃ ﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯ ﻥﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻟﺒﺪﺃﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Power Manager .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎ ﻉ ﺣ ﻔ ﻆ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﺘﺮ ﺷﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻡﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
٣٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 53
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
• ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ .ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﺪﺭ ًﺍﻛﺒﻴﺮًﺍﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ .ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows XP ،ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ)ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﺨ ﻄ ﻂﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ()ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows XP ،ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ(.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows XP ،ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕFn+F3 .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
• ﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻓﻲ Windows XP (.ﻓﻲﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ (،ﻳﺘﻢﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻨﺸ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺗﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺛﻮﺍﻥ.
ﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F4 .ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Fn .
• ﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ .ﻋﺒﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺃﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ
ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ، ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،
ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F12 . ﻻ ﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺭﺑﻊﺛﻮﺍﻥ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﻣﺜﻞ Bluetooth ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ. ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮ ﺷﻴﺪ
ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F5 .
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ، ﻭﺗﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ)ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ(،ﻟﻦﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ
ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ،ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ًﺍ ﺿ ﺌﻴﻼًﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ )ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows Vista ،ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ(.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂﻟﻪ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻭﻁ.
٦.ﺿ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑـﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺿ ﻤﻦﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑـﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻨﺨﻔ ﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ،ﺗﺤﺪ ﺙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ:ﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ،ﻭﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ،
ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD .ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPower Manager .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣٧
Page 54
٣.ﻟـﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺿ ﻌ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺿ ﻌ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺣ ﺮﺟﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ (ﺃﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎ ﺽ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺑﻌﺪ ، ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻣ ﻌﺎﻟ ﺠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺃﻭﺗ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻟﻜﻨﻪﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ
ﻣ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﺗﺨﻠﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovoﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻋ ﻦﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﻬﺎﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺘﻬﺎ،ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﺃﻳﺔ ﺿ ﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻸ ﻋ ﻄﺎﻝﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻚ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ.
ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺃﻭﺗﺴ ﺮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻻ ﻳﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥﺃﻱ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺗﻠﻚﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo،ﺃﻭ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﻜﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ،ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿ ﺎﺭﺓ.
ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﺍﻹ ﺻﺎﺑﺔ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ.
•ﻻﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻘ ﺼ ﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺗﻬﺎ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻑ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﺩ.
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﻃﻔﺎﻝ.
ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻫ ﻲ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﻔﺎﺩ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺴﺮ ﻋﺔﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ،ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺄﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo .ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ
ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﺴﻘﻮﻁﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﻄﻢﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺛﻘﺒﻬﺎﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻀ ﻬﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ، ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻗﺪ
ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ " ﺧﺮﻭﺝ " ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻬ ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﻻ ﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﺗﺴﺮ ﺏ ﺃﻱ
ﺳ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺃﻭﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺿ ﻮﺀﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡﺑﺎﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
٣٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 55
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﺐ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺍﻣﺘﺜﻞﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔﺑﺎﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧ ﻄﺮﻟﺤﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻗﺪﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ
ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ.ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ،ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
(1) ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻏﻤ ﺴ ﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ، (2) ﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴ ﺨﻴﻦ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣ ﻦ 100 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 212 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(،ﺃﻭ (3) ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻓﻜﻬﺎ.
ﺗﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔﺑﺎﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔ.
ﺍﻻ ﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺸ ﺒﻜ ﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﻴﻦﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻠﺸ ﺮﻛﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺄﺗﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WAN ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Access Connections " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨ .
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕEthernet
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺃﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﻳ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ،ﻣﺜﻞDSL ﺃﻭCATV،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓEthernet ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ
ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﻧ ﺼ ﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ1 ﻏﻴﻐﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.
Bluetooth
Bluetooth،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻓﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻭﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋ ﻦ
WiMAX )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ(
ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺒﺮEthernet،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡAccess Connections .
ﺍﻻ ﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻼ ﺳ ﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻭﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻚ:
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﻧﺴﺒﻴًﺎ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ802.11 ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ
ﺗﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔﺃﻭﺳﻊ.ﻭﺗ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻌﺪﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺷ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦ ﺑﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺑﻌﺪﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ.
ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.16 ﻭﻳ ُﺘﻮﻗﻊﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ"ﻣﻴﻞﺃﺧﻴﺮ"ﺫﻱ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪﻟﺬﻟﻚ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻭADSL،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻴ ًﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣٩
Page 56
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ؛ﺑﺤﻴﺚ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔﺍﻻ ﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉﺃﻭﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ،ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻲ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗ ﺼ ﻄ ﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺓLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞﺇﻗﻼ ﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.
•ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ،ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٥ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ThinkPad "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١٥
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﺎﻉﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮﻗﻠﻴﻼ ًﻣﻦ90ﺩﺭﺟﺔ.
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻊ ﺧﻴﺎﺭBluetoothﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺒﻄ ﺊ ﺳﺮ ﻋﺔﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ)ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞAccess Connections .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ Access Connections،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ (SSID) ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞAccess Connections؛ﻭﻫﻮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ،ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺑﺴﺮ ﻋﺔ.
ﻃﺮﺯThinkPad ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴًﺎﻗﺎﺑﻼًﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ.ﻭﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﻓﺮﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN .ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻣﻦLenovo .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ThinkPad " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١٥ .
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳ ﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ)ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ(ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔﺃﻭﺑﻠﺪﺓﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ، ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺓﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﺎﻣﻮﻓﺮﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ1xEV-DO ﺃﻭ
HSPA ﺃﻭ3G ﺃﻭGPRS .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻﺗﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ WAN
ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡﻟﻬﺎﺧﺪﻣﺔ WAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ .
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖUltraConnect " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩ ٤.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞAccess Connections .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡBluetooth
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5،ﻳﺘﻢ
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
٤٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 57
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔBluetooth ﺃﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ )ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows Vista ،ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth (.
ﻹ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﻜّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ Bluetooth ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ !!ﺃﺟ ﻬﺰﺓBluetooth .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindowsﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻊ ﺧﻴﺎﺭBluetooth ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺒﻄ ﺊ ﺳﺮ ﻋﺔﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﻣﺎﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rat،ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft
Bluetooth .ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡBluetooth ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎ Bluetoothﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺃﻱﻣﻦﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰMy Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰBluetoothﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
Start Using Bluetooth ،ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ .
٢.ﺍﻧﺘﻈ ﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺃﻭ
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰMy Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰBluetoothﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩStart Using Bluetooth .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Start Using Bluetooth ،ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
٣.ﺍﻧﺘﻈ ﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣ ﻚ ﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒBluetooth ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XPﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ Microsoft Bluetoothﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ
"ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Microsoft Bluetoothﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٣ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ Bluetooth ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞBluetooth .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣ ﻮﻝﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕBluetooth .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤١
Page 58
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ:
•My Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ
•Bluetooth Configurationﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺸ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ Bluetooth ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰMy Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
٢.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ Bluetooth Tasksﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻓﻮ ﻕView devices in range .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetooth .
٣ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ، ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ :
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺎﻭ ﺱBluetooth )ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ(.
•ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ(HCRP)
•ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ
•ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔPIM
•ﻓﺎﻛ ﺲ
•ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
•ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮPIM
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻲ
•ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬBluetoothﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ
•ﺗ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮBluetooth
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﻣﻠ ﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒAV
٤ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺣﻮﻝBluetooth .
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦBluetooth
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ Bluetooth،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ .ﺣﺪﺩ Bluetooth Setup Wizardﺃﻭ Advanced
Configuration )ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ(.
ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩBluetooth Setup Wizard ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎBluetoothﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ
•ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪBluetoothﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢAdvanced Configuration )ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ(ﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetooth .
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ
٤٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 59
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetooth
•ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔBluetooth
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕBluetooth .ﻟﻼﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ My Bluetooth Placesﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ
HelpBluetoothﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ Bluetoothhelp .ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ Bluetooth Configurationﻋﻠﻰ
ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ Advanced Configurationﺛﻢﻓﻮﻕ Help .
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Microsoft Bluetoothﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﻗﻢﺃﻭﻻًﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate .
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞBluetooth .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩThinkPadBluetoothwith Enhanced Data Rate ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ/ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ Bluetooth .ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Microsoft Bluetoothﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
٢.ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ "ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ"،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
a.ﺣﺪﺩﻻ،ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻵ ﻥ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
b.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ)ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ(؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
c.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ.
d.ﺣﺪﺩﺗ ﻀ ﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ:،ﺛﻢﺍﻛﺘﺐC:\SWTOOLS\Drivers\MSBTooth،ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌ ﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻒ INFﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨ ﺮ ﺝ.
ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٣ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ.
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻨﻪ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞBluetooth .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٣.ﺍﻛﺘﺐC:\SWTOOLS\Drivers\TPBTooth\Setup.exe )ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ setup.exeﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ http://
www.lenovo.com/support (؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕOK .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﺄﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ ﺺ ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﻭﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺍﺳﻢﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ "،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ.
٨.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ.
١٠ .ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﺫﺍﻟﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetooth ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetoothwith Enhanced Data Rate، ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ،ﺇﺫﺍﺗﺨ ﻄﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺓ1،ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞBluetooth ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٣
Page 60
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕBluetooth Radiosﻻ ﺳﺘﺨ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺷ ﺠ ﺮﺓﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth Radios .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPadBluetoothwith Enhanced Data Rateﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻻ،ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻵ ﻥ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٨.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ)ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ(،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٩.ﺣﺪﺩﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ.ﺳﺄﻗﻮﻡﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١٠ .ﺣﺪﺩﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻟﻪ ﺭﻣﺰ "ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﻣﻮﻗﻌﺔ"؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻊ ﺧﻴﺎﺭBluetooth ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺒﻄ ﺊ ﺳﺮ ﻋﺔﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡWiMAX
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔLAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWiMAX .
ﻭﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWiMAX ﻫ ﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.16 ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ًﻭﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ " last mile "،ﻳﺸﺒﻪ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻭADSL ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓWiMAX،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞAccess Connections .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞAccess Connections، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ ،ﺛﻢ
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista ﻭWindows XP :ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞAccess Connections،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
!!ThinkVantage !!Access Connections.ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections (Windows 7)
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡWindows 7،ﻓﺴﻴﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎﺱAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱ Access Connections ﻓﻲﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ Access Connections .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣ ﻮﻝﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢAccess Connections ﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
• ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱ Access Connections : ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌ ﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ،ﻗﺮ ّﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻫﺎﻣﺸﻴﺔ.
–
–
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ.
ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ
–
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections :ﺷﺒﻜﺔWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
–
٤٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 61
– ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ 1
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ2
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ3
–
–
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲAccess Connections .
ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections ﻭﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣ ﻮﻝﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢAccess Connections ﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟـAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7،ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ Access Connections ﻭﺭﻣﺰﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕAccess Connections ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections
–
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﻧﺸ ﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ .
–
ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ.
–
ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ:ﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ. ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ. ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻫﺎﻣﺸﻴﺔ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ،ﻗﺮ ّﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ:ﺷﺒﻜﺔWANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
–
ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮWAN ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ
–
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ
–
ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ
–
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ1
–
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ2
–
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ3
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺻ ﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ،ﻓﺠ ﺮ ّﺏ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌ ﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٥
Page 62
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ Access Connectionsﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲAccess Connectionsﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔAccess Connectionsﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ
ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕAccess Connections ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺓ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺟ ﻴﻜﺘﻮ ﺭ ( ﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋ ﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺑﻜﻞﺛﻘﺔ.
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇ ﻋ ﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺮ ﺽ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﺃﻭﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock ".
ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ
ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻋﺮ ﺽﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻲﻭ ﺳ ﻂﺃﻭﻛﺒﻴﺮ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.ﺗﺴﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨ ﺮﻭ ﺝ.
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ(DPI)ﺿ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ) 120ﻧﻘﻄﺔﻟﻜﻞﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨ ﺺ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.ﺗﺴ ﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﺘﻢﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﺃﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ.
٣.ﺿ ﻤﻦﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧ ﻄ ﻮﻁ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٥.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ OK .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﺃﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﺳﺘﺴ ﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
Numeric lock
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock "،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :
٤٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 63
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻋﺮ ﺽﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
٥.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
٤.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
٤.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺗ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴ ﻞ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺓ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺟ ﻴﻜﺘﻮ ﺭ ( ﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺧ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺪًﺍﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ 2048×1536 )ﻣﻊﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺛﻮﺩﻱ (ﺃﻭﺩﻗﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ
2560×1600 )ﻣﻊﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ DisplayPort (،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺩﻗﺔﺇﻣﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﻬﻤﺎﻣﻌ ًﺎﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ
ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺩﻗﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔTrackPoint
ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " )ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
"ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ "(.
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7 .ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻛ ﻼﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ
ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٧
Page 64
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ "ﺗﻢﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ".ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
•ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ )ﻧﺴ ﺦ(
•ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ)ﻣﻮ ﺳ ﻊ(
•ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﻦﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ "ﺗﻢﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ".ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7 .ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻛ ﻼﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ، ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ،ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻴﻠﻢﺃﻭﻟﻌﺒﺔ،ﺃﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻟﻸ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ .ﺃﻏﻠﻖ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺒﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺃﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒMPEG ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﺪﻋﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ VGA ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺑﺪﻗﺔ 640x480 (ﻓﺘﺠﻨﺐﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻮﻳ ﺶ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮﺟﺎﺕ؛ﻭﻋ ﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ TFT ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺗﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻈﻬﺮﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺷﺎﺷﺔ
ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows .ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﺬﺍﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺎﺷﺔTFT؛ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔTFT ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻌﺬﺭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ
ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
٧.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽPnPﻋﺎﻡﺃﻭﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺎﻡﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑPnP .
٨.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١٠ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﺜ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
١٢ .ﺍﻣﺴ ﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.
٤٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 65
١٣ . ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ،ﻓﺄﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٤ .ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ.
١٥ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣ ﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ )ﻣﻮﺳ ﻊ (،ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٥١ .
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ.
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ
ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
٨.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽPnPﻋﺎﻡﺃﻭﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺎﻡﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑPnP .
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
١٠ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١٢ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﺜ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
١٣ .ﺍﻣﺴ ﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.
١٤ .ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺄﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٥ .ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ.
١٦ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٧ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ.
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ
ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
٨.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ.
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .
١٠ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
١٢ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﻻ،ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻵ ﻥ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٩
Page 66
١٣ .ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ)ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ(،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١٤ .ﺣﺪﺩﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ.ﺳﺄﻗﻮﻡﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١٥ .ﺍﻣﺴ ﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.
١٦ .ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺄﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٧ .ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
١٨ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٩ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
• ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻠﻒ INF ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺟ ﺰﺀﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
TrackPoint ﺃﻭﺃﻱﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺁﺧ ﺮ .
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﻦ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽDVI
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ، ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series
3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 (170 W)،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ (DVI)ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ DVIﻟﻬﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽDVI .
•ﻗﺒﻞﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ.
ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ DVI ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ DVIﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ DVIﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ DVIﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕNVIDIA ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
١ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ (GPU) ﺇﻟﻰﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ .ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕThinkPad Power Manager .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP ،ﻓﻼﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻡ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢNVIDIA .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢNVIDIA .
٣.ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻬﻤﺔﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﺃﺳﻔﻞﺷﺎﺷﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ.
٤.ﻓﻲ Windows 7ﻭ Windows Vista ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥﺃﻭﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ.ﻓﻲ
Windows XP ،ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
®
:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ Intel
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Ctrl+Alt+F12 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣ ﺴ ﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﺮ ﺳ ﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦIntelﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦIntelﺃﻭﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽDVI .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦIntel ﺃﻭﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽDVI .
٥٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 67
٣ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﻗﺒﻞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻈﻬﺮ
ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﻓﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻛﺮﺭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚDisplayPort،ﻭﻫﻮﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰHDTV .ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬDVI ﺃﻭVGA ﺃﻭ
HDMI .
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ DisplayPortﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚﺩﻓﻖﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ .
ﺇ ﻋ ﺪﺍﺩ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ ﻲ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢPresentation Director،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F7ﺃﻭWin
+P ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ .
ﻳﻮﻓﺮPresentation Director ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺛﻘﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝ
ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻚ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPresentation Director ﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘ ًﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ.
ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦPresentation Director ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F7 .
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPresentation Director،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Presentation Director،ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮ ﺭ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺮﻭﺭ 60 ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ،ﻓﺎﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7 ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ
ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﻟﻠﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﻓﻲPresentation Director ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞﺑﻨﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ. ﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ،ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻬﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻷ ﺳﻮﺍﻕ(.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ .
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ ﺩﻭﻥﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٢
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥١
Page 68
• ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﻋﺮ ﺽ DOS ﻓﻲﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻞ ءﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ DOS؛ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔIntel،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﻔﻬﺎﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰCtrl+Alt+F12 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓIntel CUI .
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡDirectDrawﺃﻭDirect3Dﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻞءﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
•ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7 ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﻊ.
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-1 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-2 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(.
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ.
٦.ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻦﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻧﺴﺒﻲ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦﻟﺒﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ .
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ "ﺗﻢﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ".ﺣﺪﺩﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ
ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ )ﻣﻮﺳ ﻊ (،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-1 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-2 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ.
٧.ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻦﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ.
٥٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 69
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻧﺴﺒﻲ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦﻟﺒﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ .
٨.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-2.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻮ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindowsﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻫﺬﺍﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.)ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ
ﻧﻌﻢ.(
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-1 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻭﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-2 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻭﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ.
٥.ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻦﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻧﺴﺒﻲ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦﻟﺒﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ .
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍ ﺕ ﺭ ﺳ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕNVIDIA ﺍﻟﻤ ﺤ ﺴ ﻨﺔ
ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕNVIDIA ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕNVIDIA ﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺴﻨﺔﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ؛ ﻭﻫﻮﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﺮﺓﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓDisplayPortﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔDVIﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻹ ﺭﺳﺎﺀ،ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ.
ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕNVIDIA ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP،ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻡ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻗﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤ ّﻊ،ﻗﻄ ﺮﻩ 1/8ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 3.5ﻣﻢ(
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ
•ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ:
•ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻣﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ " Intel High Definition Audio ".
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕPCMﻭWAVﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ16ﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ24ﺑﺖ.
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕWAVﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻴﻨﺔﻳﺒﻠﻎ44.1ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰﺇﻟﻰ192ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥٣
Page 70
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMIDIﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕWave Tableﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows .
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMP3ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞWindows Media Playerﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺸﻐ ّﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMP3 .
•ﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔﺇﻣﺎﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤ ّﻊ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ
ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 (170 W) .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ .
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﻄﺔﺍﻹﺭ ﺳﺎﺀ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٣.ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ
ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻢ
ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻢ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ
ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ
ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥﺑﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ،3.5
ﻣﻢ
ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ
ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻢ
ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤّﻊ
ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺑﻤﺤﻄﺔﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ
ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺑﻤﺤﻄﺔﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ
ﻣﻴﺰﺓBeam Forming
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤّﻦ ﺫ ﻱ ﻣ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﺜﺒّﺖ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻦ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﻣ ﺼ ﻤﻢ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ،ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻣﻊﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ، ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪﻳﻌﺰﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎ
ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝ ﻧﻈﺎﻕﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟ ﺲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺇﻟﻴﻪﺩﻭﻥﺗﺪﺍﺧ ﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮ ﺿ ﺎﺀﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ.
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻚ ﺑﺄﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﻭ ﺿ ﻮﺡ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪ ﺙ ﻣﻦﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲﻟﻠ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSmartAudio ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!SmartAudio.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
SmartAudio .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕStart !!Control panel.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕSmartAudio.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSmartAudio .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣ ﺪ ﻣ ﺠ ﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂFn+F6 ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﻳ ﻀ ﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ
ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻭﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﻟﻠ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻘﺎﻃ ﻊﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ﻣﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺑﺪﺃﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ.ﺛﻢ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﻭﺳﻴ ﻀ ﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ
ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻗﻴﺪﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﻊﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺮ ﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F6 ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻷ ﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﻓﺎ ﺿ ﻐﻂFn+F6 ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺧﺎﺻ ﺘﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٥٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 71
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F6 .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility .
٣.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎ ﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺓThinkLight
ﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍ ﻷﻧﻚ ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲﺃﺟﻮﺍﺀﺫﺍﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ. ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUp .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ.ﻓﻬﺬﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺮﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮ ﺋﻴﺔ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹMultiBurnerﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹMultiBurner
ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻫﺬﺍﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-ROM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-RAM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-RW ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮ ﻃﺔCD،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-ROM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-RW ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ.ﻭﻋ ﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-RW ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉII DVD-RAM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-RW ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-R .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺮ ﺽ34 ﻣﻢ،ﺃﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔ
ﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHC
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXC
•MultiMediaCard (MMC)
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓCPRMﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSD .
•ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻧﻘﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ Flash Media،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SD،ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCards ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕFlash Media،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCardﺃﻭ Flash Mediaﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺫﻛﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥ .
• "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCardﺃﻭ Flash Mediaﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٦ .
ﺇﺩ ﺧ ﺎﻝ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗ ﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭFlash Media ﺃﻭ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﻛﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥٥
Page 72
• ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣ ﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCard ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ (ﺃﻭﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﺕ .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ،ﻓﻘﺪﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.
• ﻗﺒﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ .ﻳﻌﻤﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
–ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCardﻋﺮ ﺽ34ﻣﻢ
–ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Media،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHCﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXCﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔMultiMediaCard
–ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCard ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ Flash Media ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١.
ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ34 ﻣﻢﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
•ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ،ﻭﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮﺀﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Media ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ4 × 1،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
•ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ4 × 1.ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻗﺒﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺫﻛﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
•ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬ ًﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﺪﺧ ﻞﺃﻭﻻً.ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺛﺒﺘﻬﺎﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Media ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔﻣﻦﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ،ﺣﺪﺩﺇ ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﺪﻳﻢ.ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :
–ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ.
–ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
–ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭFlash Media ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
• ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ExpressCard،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ExpressCard ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ExpressCard ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓExpressCard،ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺃﻭﻻ ًﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭﻗﺪﺗﻔﻘﺪﻫﺎ.
• ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣ ﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCard ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ (ﺃﻭﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﺕ .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCard ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ Flash Media ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١.
٥٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 73
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Media ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ.
•ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista ﻭWindows XP :
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
•ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ .ﻟﻠﻮﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﺰ ﻋﻬﺎﻣﺮﺓﺛﻢﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥٧
Page 74
٥٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 75
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٣ .ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺑﻪ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٩
• "ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑ ﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﻟﺬ ﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﺟ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣ ﺔ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﻭﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍ ﻷﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻭﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ.
ﻭﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺋﻬﺎﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﺣﻴﺚ
ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻧﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮﻳ ﺤ ﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ
ﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺪﺭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻭﻳﻮﺿ ﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ .ﻭﺣﺘﻰﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ .ﺣﺎﻭﻝﻣﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺓ ،
ﻭﺳﻴﻔﻴﺪﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ.
٥٩
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ :ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺔ .ﻣﻦﺍﻷﻓﻀ ﻞﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﻌﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺴﺒﺒﻪﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻥﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺃﻱ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻃﻔﻴ ﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺑﺴﺒﺐ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ : ﺿﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ 51 ﺇﻟﻰ 76 ﺳﻢ)20 -30 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ (ﻟﻠﺮﺅﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ.ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺍﻟﻮﻫﺞﺃﻭﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻷ ﺿ ﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺑﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+Home
ﺃﻭ End ﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ.
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ :ﺣﺎﻓﻆﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ (ﻟﻠﺮﺃﺱﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ .
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 76
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻘﻌﺪ ًﺍﺑﻪﺩﻋﻢ ﺟﻴﺪﻟﻠﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ.ﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺑﻤﺎﻳﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮ ﺏ ﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓ.
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺟ ﺰﺀ ًﺍﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺩﻋﻢﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻚ.ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻐﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ
ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺥٍﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ)ﺃﻓﻘﻲ(.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ:ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻳﻦﻟﻸ ﺭ ﺽ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ.
ﻣﺎﺫﺍﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ؟
ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭ ﺳﻤﻴﺔ. ﺣﺎﻭﻝﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺄﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ
ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻐ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻬﺎ.ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ.
ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ؟
ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝThinkPad ﻣ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺻ ﻮﺭًﺍﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ ﻭﻋﺮﻭ ﺿًﺎﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺫﺍﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ
ﻭﺳﻬﻠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥﺃﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻹ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺇﺭﻫﺎﻕ
ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮﺃﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ.
ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻨﺎ ﺳ ﺒ ﻚ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﻭﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍ ﻷﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺪﺭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ:
ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ ﻭﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ :ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺯﺍﺩﻭﻗﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﺳ ﻚ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ، ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ .ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ
ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤ ﻲ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ "ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ" ﻫﻤﺎﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻵ ﻻﻡﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺄﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻓﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩ ﺉ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤ ﻲ.ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺨﻔﺔﺍﻟﻮﺯ ﻥ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻧﻘﻠﻪ،ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺃﻧﻪﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎﻳﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻬﺎ.
ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ :ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺎﺙ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻛﻴ ﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻴﻼﺗﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻚ.ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ،ﻓﺎﺣ ﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ. ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ
ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻴﻼﺋﻢﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ.ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻦ
ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ : http://www.lenovo.com/accessories/services/index.html .ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸ ﻒ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ.
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕThinkPad ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﺯﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ:ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ThinkPadﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻬﻠﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺫ ﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﺟ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺃﻛﺒﺮﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺋﻨﺎﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ًﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻃ ﺮﻗ ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﻛﺒﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣ ﻼﺀﻣﺔ.ﻭﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺷ ﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻟﺪﻳﻚ.ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ،ﺗﺤ ﺴ ّﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺿ ﻤﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺼ ﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺯﻣﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﻃ ًﺎﺃﻛﺒﺮﺃﻭﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ.ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣ ﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕMicrosoft .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista :
٦٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 77
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺳ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ.
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ.
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ.
Windowsﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Windows .ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Microsoft Windows،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ:
http://www.microsoft.com/enable/Products/altkeyboard.aspx
access.adobe.com،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ Adobe PDFﺇﻟﻰ HTMLﺃﻭﻧ ﺺ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ
PDFﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ URLﻟﻤﻠﻒ Adobe PDFﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪﺇﻟﻰ HTMLﺃﻭ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺰﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺃﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ،
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﻭﻻ ًﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕAdobe PDF ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻭﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺤ ﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺷ ﺮﻛﺔAdobe Systems Incorporated .ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊhttp://
ﻧ ﺺASCII .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕAdobe PDF ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹCD-ROM ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ(LAN) ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ
ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻠﻒAdobe PDF ﻓﻲ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.
ﻭ ﻇ ﻴﻔ ﺔ ﻣ ﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ
ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄُﺮﺯ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+Spacebar .ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄﺔ ﻭﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ/ﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪ.
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn +ﻣﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ ﺑ ﺼ ﺤ ﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ،ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﺎﻷﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺃﻛﺒﺮ.ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔﺑﻪ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ
ﺗﺸﻌﺮﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔﺇﺯﺍﺀ ﺟﻤﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﺎﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼ ﺀ ﻭﺯﻣ ﻼﺀﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺑﺴ ﻼ ﺳﺔﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ :
• "ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١
• "ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٢
ﺗﻠﻤﻴ ﺤ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓﺑ ﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
١ .ﻓﻲﺣﻴﻦﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻵﻣﻦﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﺒﺮﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺑﺎﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀﻧﺎﻇ ﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻃ ﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺠﻨﺒًﺎﻟﺴ ﺮﻗﺘﻪ.
٢.ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٣.ﻧﻈ ﺮ ًﺍ ﻷﻧﻚ ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻮﺍﺀ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞThinkLightﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUpﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
٤ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ،ﺍﻓﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﻨﻪﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkLight،ﻳﻘﻞﻋﻤﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﻔﻴ ﻒ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٣.ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ٦١
Page 78
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
• ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ،Bluetooth،...ﺇﻟﺦ( ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.
• ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ،ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٥ .
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
١ .ﺗﻮﺥﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭﺑﺸﺄﻥﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ
ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺨﻠ ﻒ.
٢ .ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻗﻼ ﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ .
ﻣﻠ ﺤ ﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺑﺎﻷ ﺷﻴﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎﻣﻌﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻘﺮﺭﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ:
ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad
•ﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ًﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
•ﻛﺒﻞEthernet
•ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ،ﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔ
•ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮًﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ، ﺭﺑﻤﺎﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﻟﻠﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺧ ﻄﻮ ﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ/ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad
•ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
٦٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 79
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٤ . ﺍ ﻷ ﻣﺎ ﻥ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ .
• "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞﺁﻟﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٣
• "ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨
• "ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٠
• "ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٤
• "ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٤
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻗﻔ ﻞ ﺁﻟ ﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞﺁﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﻧﻘﻠﻪﺩﻭﻥﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﻨﻚ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞﺁﻟﻲ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ؛ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻋﺒﺮﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺠ ﺴﻢﺛﺎﺑﺖ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﻔﻞ
ﺍﻵﻟﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻘﻊﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻗﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻚ . ﻻﺗﻘﺪﻡ Lenovo ﺃﻱﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ،ﺃﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ،ﺃﻭﺿ ﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ
ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﺃﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻋﺒﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻵ ﺧﺮﻳﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺑﻤﺠ ﺮﺩﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣ ﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ
ﻣﺮﺓﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ. ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﻴﻦﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮﻳﻦ
ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺮﻳﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺎﺿ ﻐﻂ
ﻋﻠﻰF1 ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ..
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
• "ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ("ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤
• "ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤
• "ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨
• "ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٦
٦٣
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 80
ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻜ ﻮ ﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F4،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻪﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞPower-on password ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎ
ﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F1 .ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﻟﻰ:
٢.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻵ ﻥ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ F1 ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮ ﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻷﻭﻝ .
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰBackspaceﺇﺫﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻄ ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺧ ﻄﺄﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.
ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﺑﺪ ﺀ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮ ﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻬﻢﺑﺬﻟﻚ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣ ﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
١.ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩSecurity ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩPassword .
٧.ﺣﺪﺩPower-on Password .
٨.ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻄ ﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup .ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ
Security "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤٢ .
٩.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
١٠ .ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ .ﺑﺨﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻚ ﻟﻬﺎ ، ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺎﺋﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠ ﺰﺋﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.
٦٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 81
١١ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F10ﻟﻠﺨ ﺮﻭﺝ.
١٢ .ﺣﺪﺩYesﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSetup Confirmation .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ1ﺇﻟﻰ9.ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ. ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ 1ﺇﻟﻰ 9.ﺛﻢﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New
Password ،ﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺧﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ.
ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ، ﻭﻫﻤﺎ:
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻻﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﻳﺘﻮﺟ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻓﻘﻂ.ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻣﺜﺒّﺖ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ؛ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎﺃﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻜﻞ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﻭﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴ ّﻨﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻪ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺭ ﻏﺒﺘﻪ،
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
١.ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩSecurity ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩPassword .
٧.ﺣﺪﺩHard Disk ×،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ×ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻟﻪ.
٨.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Setup Confirmation .ﺗﺘﻢﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪUserﺃﻭUser+Master .ﺣﺪﺩ Userﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻘﻂ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ًﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻓًﺎ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ User+Masterﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ .)ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻ ﺣﻘ ًﺎ (.
٩.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪUser + Master ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺓ12 .
١٠ .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪUserﻓﻘﻂ،ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ "ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ
Security "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤٢ .
• ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻟﻬﺎﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔﺃﺣﺮ ﻑ ،ﻓﺴﻴﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔﺃﺣﺮ ﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔﺃﺣﺮ ﻑ،ﻓﻠﻦﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
١١ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enter ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺓ 18
ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ.
١٢ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺕUser+Master ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭﻻ ً.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕContinue .
١٣ .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password .
١٤ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
١٥ .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕContinue .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٦٥
Page 82
١٦ .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password .
١٧ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
١٨ .ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺗﻚ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ .ﻭﺑﺨﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻚ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻘﻂ ،ﺃﻭﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻣﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.ﻳﺘﻮﺟ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ
ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺋﻊﺍﻟﺘﺠ ﺰﺋﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﺍﺀ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
١٩ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ .
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ1ﺇﻟﻰ7 ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔﺃﻋ ﻼﻩﻓﻲ"ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٥ ،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup .
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current Password.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞConfirm New
Password .ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ .ﺑﺬﻟﻚﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current Password .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦ Enter New
Passwordﻭ Confirm New Passwordﻓﺎﺭﻏﻴﻦ،ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10ﻟﻠﺨ ﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ
ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ+ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ، ﺣﺪﺩUser HDP ﺃﻭMaster HDP .
ﺇﺫﺍﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺕUser HDP،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ:
• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter Current Password.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter
New Password ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Confirm New Password.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﻔﺘﺢ
ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ. ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current Password.ﺛﻢ
ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦEnter New Password ﻭConfirm New Password ﻓﺎﺭﻏﻴﻦ، ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ
F10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ .ﺑﺬﻟﻚﺗﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ .
ﺇﺫﺍﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺕMaster HDP،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ:
• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current
Password .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter New Password،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞConfirm New Password.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰEnter،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current
Password .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦ Enter New Passwordﻭ Confirm New Passwordﻓﺎﺭﻏﻴﻦ،ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ
ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﺮ ﻑ
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲThinkPad Setup .ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻟﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
٦٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 83
• ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻠﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ThinkPad Setup . ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ.
• ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻗﻴﺎﻡﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻠﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌ ًﺎ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ :
–ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
–ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺗﻲWake on LANﻭFlash over LANﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓInternal Network Option ROMﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻗﻔﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩUEFI BIOSﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻃ ﻮﻝﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
–ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭBoot Device List F12ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻗﻔﻞﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓFlash BIOS Updating by End-Usersﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯBluetoothﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﻣﺴ ﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﺕThinkPadﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ.
•ﻭﻋﺒﺮﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓLock UEFI BIOS Settingsﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔPasswordﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﺑﺨ ﻼﻓﻚ
ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣ ﺸ ﺮ ﻑ
ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺣﺪﻩﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ.
١.ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩSecurity ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩPassword .
٧.ﺣﺪﺩSupervisor Password .
٨.ﺗﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
٩.ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password ؛ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡEnter .
١٠ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٦٧
Page 84
١١ .ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺗﻚ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻗﺪﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ،ﻟﻦﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
Lenovoﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺋﻊﺍﻟﺘﺠ ﺰﺋﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ Lenovoﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻤﺜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ
ﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovoﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﺍﺀ ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺤﺼ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ .
١٢ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﻔﺘﺢ ThinkPad Setup ،ﺳﺘﺘﻢﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ1ﺇﻟﻰ8ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﺃﻋ ﻼﻩﻓﻲ"ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﺮ ﻑ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧ ، ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻝThinkPad Setup .
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter Current Password ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ
Confirm New Password .
٣ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄ ﻮﺗﻴﻦ 11 ﻭ 12 ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺗﻴﻦﺃﻋﻼﻩﻓﻲ "ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﺮ ﻑ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٧ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ .
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter Current Password ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
٢.ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦEnter New PasswordﻭConfirm New Passwordﻓﺎﺭﻏﻴﻦ.
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺗﻴﻦ 11ﻭ 12ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺗﻴﻦﺃﻋ ﻼﻩﻓﻲ "ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﺮ ﻑ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٧ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.
Microsoft Windows BitLocker
BitLocker Drive Encryption "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٩ .
ﺃﻣﺎ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺰﺯﺓﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ،ﺗﻢﺩﻣﺞﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲUEFI BIOS ﻭﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ.
ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
ﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔﻓﻲ "ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤ ﻭ "ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٥ .ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻳﻮ ﺻ ﻰ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
٢.ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻳ ُﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﻟـUEFI BIOS ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ"ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ") TPM (.
ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ "ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٩ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 7 ﻭWindows Vista ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ" TPM ".
٣ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﻣﺰﻭﺩﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ Disk Encryptionﻭﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ Encryptionﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
®
Drive Encryptionﻓﻲ Windows 7ﻭ Windows Vista .ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Windows
ﺑﻚ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ،ﻣﺜﻞ
٤.ﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﺗﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺗﺒﻴﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻪﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺁﺧ ﺮ،ﺍﺣ ﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ "ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٣ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔUEFI BIOS :
•ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛ ّﺐ ﻓﻲSerial Ultrabay Slim .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯSerial Ultrabay Slimﺑﺴﻤﻚ9.5ﻣﻢﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔSerial Ultrabay .
٦٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 85
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞWindows BitLocker Drive Encryption
ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﻪ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ،ﻣﺜﻞ Windows
BitLocker Drive Encryption .
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Windows BitLocker Drive Encryptionﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7ﻭ Windows
Vista .ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ Ultimateﻭ Enterpriseﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7ﻭ Windows Vista .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺳ ﺮﻗﺘﻪ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞBitLocker ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞBitLocker ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮ ﻕ ﺑﻪﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻌﺰﺯﺓﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﻮ ّﻥﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺮ.ﺗﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒTPM
ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﻫ ﻲTPM ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ1.2 .
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔBitLocker،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ !!BitLocker Drive Encryption .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ !!BitLocker Drive Encryption .
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ BitLocker Drive Encryptionﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼ ﺺ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows 7ﺃﻭ Windows Vista،ﺃﻭﺍﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ " Microsoft Windows BitLocker Drive Encryption Step-by-Step Guide "ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ
Microsoftﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ " Disk Encryption " ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ " Encryption " ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ " Disk Encryption "ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ " Encryption "ﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺿ ﺪﺍﻟﻬﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ NAND ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ
ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻳ ﺤ ﺔ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎ ﻥ
ﺗﻢﻓﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺻ ﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﺔﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ.ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﻳﺄﺗﻲ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨًﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺃﻣﺎﻥ،ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺸﻔﺮ.ﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻣﻚ
•ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ
•ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔSecurity Chip ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup :
•Security Chip :ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
•Security Reporting Options :ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺑﻼ ﻍ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ.
•Clear Security Chip :ﻟﻤﺴ ﺢ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup .ﻭﺇﻻ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
٢.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solution ،ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻻ ﺗﻤﺴ ﺢ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻣﺴ ﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴ ّﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﻟﻦﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solutionﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
٣ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ،ﺃﻭﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ،ﻟﻦﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ4 ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﻴﺮﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻣﻦ 4
ﺻ ﺎﻓﺮﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻯ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄ0176 ﺃﻭ0192 .
٤ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ Clear Security Chip .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٦٩
Page 86
٥ .ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚﺑﻤﺴ ﺢ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺛﻢﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻚ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ
Active .ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻔﻌﻞ،ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ Clear Security Chip .
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ Security Chip :
•ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
•ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢSecurityﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity .
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰSecurity Chipﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔSecurity Chip .
•ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰEnter .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF10ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ.
•ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSetup Confirmation،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕYes .
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ، ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution،ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻮ Windows 7،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ .
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ، ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺇ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊLenovo ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient
Security Solution،ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/support .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑ ﻊ
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨ ًﺎﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﻧﻬﺎﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﺎﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad
Setup ﻋﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴ ﺢﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ،ﺩﻭﻥﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ .ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤ ﻞ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺁﻣﻨﺔ.
ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution .ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺃﻥﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻮWindows 7،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solutionﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ Lenovo ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Fingerprint Software "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٩ .
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
٧٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 87
ﺩﻻﻻ ﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡLED ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٤.ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕLED ﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻒ
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺃﻭﺗﻤﺖ ﻣ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎ.
ﻣ ﺼﺒﺎﺡ LED ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺑﻠﻮﻥﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺛﺎﺑﺖ.ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﺒﺼ ﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﺗﻌﺬّﺭ ﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻﺒﻊ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.
ﻣ ﺴ ﺢ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ
ﻟﻤﺴ ﺢﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺿ ﻊﺃﻧﺎﻣﻞﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ،ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﺔﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ
ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.
٢ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺨﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻣﺴ ﺢﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺑﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٧١
Page 88
ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﺑﻌﺪﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ،ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٣.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ،ﺍﻣﺴ ﺢﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ.
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴ ﺢﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﺍﻋﺘﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ .ﻗﻢﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ، ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ .ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺎﺗﻌﺬّﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﺴ ﺢﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ،ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.ﺇﺫﺍﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ، ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔLenovo ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊLenovo ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ. ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔLenovo ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﺍﺀ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ
ﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴ ّﻦﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔfingerprint ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•Predesktop Authentication :ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻗﺒﻞﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
•Reader Priority :ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼ ً.
•Security Mode :ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
•Password Authentication :ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ.
• Reset Fingerprint Data:ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻣﺴ ﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﺳ ﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔfingerprint :
١ .ﺍﻃﺒﻊﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ .ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺛﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ .
٧٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 89
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
٥.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢSecurityﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ،ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity .
٦.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰFingerprintﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ،ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔFingerprint .
٧.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ Enter .
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
٩.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F10ﻟﻠﺨ ﺮﻭﺝ.
١٠ .ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Setup Confirmation ،ﺣﺪﺩYes .
ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ:
•ﺧﺪ ﺵ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﺠ ﺴﻢﻣﺪﺑﺐ ﺻ ﻠﺐ.
•ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻈﻔﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﺷ ﻲءﺣﺎﺩ.
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺃﻭﻟﻤﺴﻪ ﻭﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻣﺘﺴ ﺨﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺑﺮ:
•ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺗﺴﺎﺥﺃﻭﺑﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.
•ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.
•ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻓﺸ ﻞﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎ:
•ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.
•ﺧ ﺸﻮﻧﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺃﻭ ﺟﻔﺎﻓﻪﺃﻭﺇ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺘﻪ.
•ﺷﺪﺓ ﺟﻔﺎ ﻑ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.
•ﺍﺗﺴﺎﺥﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺫﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ.
•ﺍﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻭﻗ ﺖ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ.
•ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻞ ﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.
•ﻋﺪﻡﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ.
ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗ ﻒ، ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﺃﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭ ﺭ ﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.
•ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ.
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻔﺎ ﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮ ﻃ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﺇ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺣ ﻮ ﻝ ﺣ ﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻣﻊﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎﺗﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،
ﻭﺑﻌ ﻀ ﻬﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﺔ،ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ،ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺗﺒﻴﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻪﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ،ﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﻓﺈﻥﺇﻋ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻙﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤّﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ،ﻣﺜﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴ ﺺ.ﻟﺬﺍ
ﻧﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ.
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﻟﺤﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٧٣
Page 90
ﺑﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
http://www.lenovo.com/support
•ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺎﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻷﻣﺮ "ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺎﺕ ".
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻣﺮﺍﻟﺤﺬ ﻑ " Delete ".
•ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ.
•ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ،ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩLenovo،ﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻪ
ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ،ﻓﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺤﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ.ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺤ ﺖ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻣﺜﻞWindows .ﻭﻟﻜﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥﺑﺪ ﺕ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ.ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ ًﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧ ﻄ ﺮﻗﻴﺎﻡﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻷ ﻏ ﺮﺍ ﺽ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ.
ﻟﻤﻨﻊﺗﺴ ﺮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ
ﻣﻨﻪﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪﻟﻠﻐﻴﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤ ﻄﻴﻢﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻄ ﺮﻗﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴ ًﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ ﻲ
ﻗﻮ ﻱ،ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻮ ﺻ ﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ)ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺮ(ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ)ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺮ(ﺍﻟﻤﻄ ﻮ ّﺭﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﻴ ﺼًﺎ
ﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺃﺩﺍﺓSecure Data Disposal ﻟﺬﻟﻚ.ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ:
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮ ﻕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑ ﻀ ﻊ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻓ ﻬ ﻤ ﻬﺎ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺨﻮﻝ،ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ،ﻭﻫﺠﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻬﺎﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺧ ﺼ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺘﻚ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺣﺒﺔﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺣ ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎ ﺕ
ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔﻓﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.ﺗﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ
ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ30 ﻳﻮﻡ.ﺑﻌﺪ30 ﻳﻮﻣﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ ﺺ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ.
٧٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 91
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٥ . ﻧ ﻈ ﺮ ﺓ ﻋ ﺎ ﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘ ﻌﺎﺩ ﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovo ﺑﺈﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٥
• "ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٨
• "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٨
• "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩
• "ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٠
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ .ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٢ .ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻸ ﻏ ﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ :
•ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
•ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ :ﻟﻤﻨﻊﻣﺨﺎﻃ ﺮﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎﻧﻮﺻ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦ
ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ThinkVantage Rescue and Recovery،ﺍﻹﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ 4.23ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﺙ )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XPﻭ Windows Vista (ﺃﻭﺍﻹﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ
4.3ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 (
• Symantec Norton Ghost،ﺍﻹﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ 15ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﺙ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ :ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ".
٢.ﺍﻛﺘﺐcmdﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
٣.ﺍﻛﺘﺐghost -align=1mbﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰEnter .
•Acronis True Image 2010ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ
•Paragon Backup & Recovery 10 Suitﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ،Paragon Backup & Recovery 10 Homeﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻣ ﻬﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ،ﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ،ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌﺪﻓﺸ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ
ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ، ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻗﺪ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻭﻭﺳﻴﻂﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺗﺮ ﺧﻴ ﺺMicrosoft Windows ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻓﻘﻂ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺪﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
٧٥
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 .
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 92
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ USBﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ .ﻓﻲﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows Vistaﻭ Windows XP،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ Product
Recovery ".
• ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
• ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ Product RecoveryﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
!!Create Product Recovery Media .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
• ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ Product Recoveryﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
!!Create Product Recovery Media .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ﻭWindows Vista،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻺ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ
ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻓﺸ ﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ : ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﺃﻭWindows Vista،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١. ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦUSB (ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺪﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup Device Menu ،ﺣ ﺮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter .ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ .ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ .
٢ .ﺗﺄﺗﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ Microsoft Office ﺃﻭMicrosoft Works ﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖMicrosoft Office ﺃﻭMicrosoft Works،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ"ﻗﺮ ﺹMicrosoft Office ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮ ﻁ"ﺃﻭ"ﻗﺮ ﺹMicrosoft
Works ﺍﻟﻤﻀ ﻐﻮ ﻁ ".ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ Microsoft Office ﺃﻭMicrosoft Works ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ Product Recovery ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻺ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼ ﻣﻪ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺃﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕRescue and Recovery ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ،ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ.ﺳﻴ ُﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and
Recovery ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ : ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ Product Recovery ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼ ﻣﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺣﺬ ﻑ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼ ﻣﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹProduct Recovery ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup Device Menu ،ﺣ ﺮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٢.ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻊﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰEnter .ﺑﻌﺪﻓﺘﺮﺓﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ
Rescue and Recovery .
٤.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔRescue and Recovery ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ Product Recoveryﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ.
٧٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 93
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺴ ﺦ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻟﻠﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ:
•ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻣﺮﻛ ّﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖUSBﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ)ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ(
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻓﻘﻂ،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺇ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧ ﺴ ﺨ ﺔ ﺍ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﻃ ﻴﺔ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﻹﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺴﻨﻴﻦ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕBack up your hard driveﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ
ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
• ﻹﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows VistaﺃﻭWindows XP ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Rescue and Recovery .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue
and Recovery .
٢ .ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟـ Rescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ Launch advanced Rescue and Recovery
!!Back up your hard drive ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ.
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
ﺇ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools !!ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺴﻨﻴﻦ.
ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰRestore your system from a backup .
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
• ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows VistaﺃﻭWindows XP ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Rescue and Recovery .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue
and Recovery .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰRestore your system from a backup .
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٧
Page 94
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and
Recovery " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﺴ ﺎ ﺣ ﺔRescue and Recovery
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery :
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢﻟﻚﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎﺩﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSB ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ.ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺤ ﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣ ًﺎ
ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﻌﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ ﻋﻤﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺬﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ﺎﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ
ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﻧﺴ ﺨﺔRescue and Recovery ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSB ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ .
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺨ ﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recovery :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔRescue and Recovery،
ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀC: ﻭﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻛﻤﺎﻫ ﻲ.ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،
ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ)ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻫﻮC: (ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣ ًﺎ،ﻓﻘﻢ
ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴ ﺦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.ﺇﻥﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔRescue files ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ
Rescue and Recovery ﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺁﺧﺮ .
ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F11ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎﻋ ﻚ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺻ ﻔﻴﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻚ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ
ﻋﻠﻰF11 .
٣ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﺪﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ Rescue and Recovery،ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻚ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ
Rescue and Recoveryﺑﻌﺪﻓﺘﺮﺓﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ "ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٠ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔRescue and Recoveryﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ
ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ .ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ
"ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ .
٢ .ﺗﺄﺗﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ Microsoft Officeﺃﻭ Microsoft Worksﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ
Microsoft Officeﺃﻭ Microsoft Works،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ Microsoft Officeﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ Microsoft Worksﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ Microsoft Officeﺃﻭ Microsoft Worksﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻹ ﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖUSB،ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄ ﻞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٧٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 95
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١.ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٢.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺴﻨﻴﻦ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Create Rescue and Recovery Media .
٤.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue Media ،ﺣﺪﺩﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ USBﺃﻭ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ.
٥ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OK ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ .
• ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows VistaﺃﻭWindows XP ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Create Recovery Media .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓCreate
Rescue and Recovery Media .
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ Rescue Media، ﺣﺪﺩﻧﻮﻉﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ USB ﺃﻭ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ.
٣ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OK ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻹ ﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :
١.ﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup Device Menu ،ﺣ ﺮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup Device Menu ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﻭﻝ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter . ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺖ USB ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ USBﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USBﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup Device Menu ،ﺣ ﺮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﻓﻲStartup Device Menu ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖUSBﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﻭﻝ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀ
ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﺘﻢﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻪﺑﺪﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ، ﻭﺫﻟﻚﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤٣ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢٠ .
ﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery .ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and
Recovery .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻄ ﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻭﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣ ﺴ ﺒﻘًﺎ
ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺷ ﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٩
Page 96
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘًﺎ
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ Windowsﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )"ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP (ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪC:\SWTOOLS .
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ APPS .ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻪﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻞﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ًﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
٥.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ،ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﺓﺗ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ
ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ Windowsﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )"ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP (ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪC:\SWTOOLS .
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ DRIVERS .ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ DRIVERS ،ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻞﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ًﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ،AUDIOﻭVIDEO (.
٥.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
٦.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧ ﺼ ﻲ )ﻣﻠﻒﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ .txt (.ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
-ﺃﻭ-
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ )ﻣﻠﻒﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ .inf (،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ "ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ " )ﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows ( ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.ﻓﻲ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ "ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ"، ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ .ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
-ﺃﻭ-
• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﻓﺎﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ)ﻣﻠ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ.exe (.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ،ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔ،ﻓﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐWindows Update .ﺑﻞﺍﻃﻠﺒﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٥٨ .
ﺣ ﻞ ﻣ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺳ ﻂﺍﻧﻘﺎﺫﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ .
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓﺸ ﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻺ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗ ﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٦ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻣﻦﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ)ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ USB ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ (ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ًﺍﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺑﺪﺀ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻭﻻًﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ Startup " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤٣ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣ ﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔﺃﻭﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " ThinkPad Setup " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤٠ .
٨٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 97
ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﺳﺮ ﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٨١
Page 98
٨٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 99
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٦ .ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍ ﻝ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻦﺍﻷ ﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ ﺁﺧ ﺮ .ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ
PCI Express Miniﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ.
• "ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٦
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٧
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ١
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٥
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Miniﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔLAN/WiMAX "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٨
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٥
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١٠
ﺍﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﺎﻛﻨﺔ
ﻗﺪﺗُﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ،ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞﺃﻱ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ،ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺧ ﻄﻴﺮ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ
ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻘﻄ ﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﻓ ﺾ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀ، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢ
ﺍﻟﻐﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ،ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻧﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺔ-ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ:
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ.ﺇﺫﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ.
•ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ .ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ،ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺃﻃ ﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ.
•ﺍﻣﻨﻊﺍﻵ ﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﺔﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀCRU،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﻼﻣﺴﺔﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻄﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻤﺪﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﻭﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎ ﺱ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺤﻨﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ًﺩﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺭ ﺽ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍ
ﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺃﻣﻠ ﺲ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﺛﻢ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ.
• ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛ ﺮ ﺓ
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﻟﻺ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋ ﻚ ﻟﻼ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺯﻣﺔ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﺳ ﺮ ﻋﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ .ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ،
ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﺴﺮ ﻋﺘﻬﺎﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻮ ﻯ.
٨٣
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 100
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ .ﻳﻌﻤﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-DIMM .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻗﺮ ﺹSO-DIMM،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮ.
٣.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٧ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ(1) ،ﺛﻢﺃﺯﻝﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ(2) .
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻲSO-DIMM ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﻤﺎﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰ ﻻ ﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(1) .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ(2) .
٥ .ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ SO-DIMM ﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ .
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ SO-DIMM ،ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ .
٦.ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-DIMMﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ20ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎ(1)ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ(2)ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔSO-DIMMﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮﺀﺗﺠﺎﻩ
ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻣﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ.
٨٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ